Fossil

*.a
*.lib
*.manifest
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
Makefile
bld/*
wbld/*
win/*.c
win/*.h
win/*.exe
win/headers
win/linkopts
autoconfig.h
config.log

compat/openssl*
compat/tcl*
*.a
*.lib
*.manifest
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
Makefile
bld/*
wbld/*
win/*.c
win/*.h
win/*.exe
win/headers
win/linkopts
autoconfig.h
config.log
fossil
fossil.exe
win/fossil.exe

compat/openssl*
compat/tcl*

















fossil
fossil.exe
win/fossil.exe

###
#   Dockerfile for Fossil
###
FROM fedora:21

### Now install some additional parts we will need for the build
RUN yum update -y && yum install -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && yum clean all && groupadd -r fossil -g 433 && useradd -u 431 -r -g fossil -d /opt/fossil -s /sbin/nologin -c "Fossil user" fossil

### If you want to build "release", change the next line accordingly.
ENV FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION trunk

RUN curl "http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tarball/tcl-src.tar.gz?name=tcl-src&uuid=release" | tar zx
RUN cd tcl-src/unix && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-shared --disable-threads --disable-load && make && make install
RUN curl "http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/tarball/fossil-src.tar.gz?name=fossil-src&uuid=${FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION}" | tar zx
RUN cd fossil-src && ./configure --disable-fusefs --json --with-th1-docs --with-th1-hooks --with-tcl

RUN cd fossil-src && make && strip fossil && cp fossil /usr/bin && cd .. && rm -rf fossil-src && chmod a+rx /usr/bin/fossil && mkdir -p /opt/fossil && chown fossil:fossil /opt/fossil

### Build is done, remove modules no longer needed
RUN yum remove -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && yum clean all

USER fossil

ENV HOME /opt/fossil

EXPOSE 8080

CMD ["/usr/bin/fossil", "server", "--create", "--user", "admin", "/opt/fossil/repository.fossil"]

###
#   Dockerfile for Fossil
###
FROM fedora:22

### Now install some additional parts we will need for the build
RUN dnf update -y && dnf install -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && dnf clean all && groupadd -r fossil -g 433 && useradd -u 431 -r -g fossil -d /opt/fossil -s /sbin/nologin -c "Fossil user" fossil

### If you want to build "trunk", change the next line accordingly.
ENV FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION release

RUN curl "http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/tarball/tcl-src.tar.gz?name=tcl-src&uuid=release" | tar zx
RUN cd tcl-src/unix && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-shared --disable-threads --disable-load && make && make install
RUN curl "http://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/tarball/fossil-src.tar.gz?name=fossil-src&uuid=${FOSSIL_INSTALL_VERSION}" | tar zx
RUN cd fossil-src && ./configure --disable-fusefs --json --with-th1-docs --with-th1-hooks --with-tcl
RUN cd fossil-src/src && mv main.c main.c.orig && sed s/\"now\"/0/ <main.c.orig >main.c
RUN cd fossil-src && make && strip fossil && cp fossil /usr/bin && cd .. && rm -rf fossil-src && chmod a+rx /usr/bin/fossil && mkdir -p /opt/fossil && chown fossil:fossil /opt/fossil

### Build is done, remove modules no longer needed
RUN dnf remove -y gcc make zlib-devel openssl-devel tar && dnf clean all

USER fossil

ENV HOME /opt/fossil

EXPOSE 8080

CMD ["/usr/bin/fossil", "server", "--create", "--user", "admin", "/opt/fossil/repository.fossil"]

TCC += -DFOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD=1

#### Extra arguments for linking the finished binary.  Fossil needs
#    to link against the Z-Lib compression library unless the miniz
#    library in the source tree is being used.  There are no other
#    required dependencies.
ZLIB_LIB.0 = -lz
ZLIB_LIB.1 = 
ZLIB_LIB.  = $(ZLIB_LIB.0)

# If using zlib:
LIB += $(ZLIB_LIB.$(FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ)) $(LDFLAGS)

# If using HTTPS:
LIB += -lcrypto -lssl

TCC += -DFOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD=1

#### Extra arguments for linking the finished binary.  Fossil needs
#    to link against the Z-Lib compression library unless the miniz
#    library in the source tree is being used.  There are no other
#    required dependencies.
ZLIB_LIB.0 = -lz
ZLIB_LIB.1 =
ZLIB_LIB.  = $(ZLIB_LIB.0)

# If using zlib:
LIB += $(ZLIB_LIB.$(FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ)) $(LDFLAGS)

# If using HTTPS:
LIB += -lcrypto -lssl

1.33

1.34

        if(!TestApp.verbose) return;
        print("ERROR: "+WhAjaj.stringify(opt));
    };
    cb.onResponse = function(resp,req){
        if(!TestApp.verbose) return;
        print("GOT RESPONSE: "+(('string'===typeof resp) ? resp : WhAjaj.stringify(resp)));
    };
    
})();

/**
    Throws an exception of cond is a falsy value.
*/
function assert(cond, descr){
    descr = descr || "Undescribed condition.";
................................................................................
}
testHAI.description = 'Get server version info.';

function testIAmNobody(){
    TestApp.fossil.whoami('/json/whoami');
    assert('nobody' === TestApp.fossil.auth.name, 'User == nobody.' );
    assert(!TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken, 'authToken is not set.' );
   
}
testIAmNobody.description = 'Ensure that current user is "nobody".';


function testAnonymousLogin(){
    TestApp.fossil.login();
    assert('string' === typeof TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken, 'authToken = '+TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken);
................................................................................
    osb.write(json,0, json.length);
    osb.close();
    req = json = outs = osr = osb = undefined;
    var ins = p.getInputStream();
    var isr = new java.io.InputStreamReader(ins);
    var br = new java.io.BufferedReader(isr);
    var line;
    
    while( null !== (line=br.readLine())){
        print(line);
    }
    br.close();
    isr.close();
    ins.close();
    p.waitFor();

        if(!TestApp.verbose) return;
        print("ERROR: "+WhAjaj.stringify(opt));
    };
    cb.onResponse = function(resp,req){
        if(!TestApp.verbose) return;
        print("GOT RESPONSE: "+(('string'===typeof resp) ? resp : WhAjaj.stringify(resp)));
    };

})();

/**
    Throws an exception of cond is a falsy value.
*/
function assert(cond, descr){
    descr = descr || "Undescribed condition.";
................................................................................
}
testHAI.description = 'Get server version info.';

function testIAmNobody(){
    TestApp.fossil.whoami('/json/whoami');
    assert('nobody' === TestApp.fossil.auth.name, 'User == nobody.' );
    assert(!TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken, 'authToken is not set.' );

}
testIAmNobody.description = 'Ensure that current user is "nobody".';


function testAnonymousLogin(){
    TestApp.fossil.login();
    assert('string' === typeof TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken, 'authToken = '+TestApp.fossil.auth.authToken);
................................................................................
    osb.write(json,0, json.length);
    osb.close();
    req = json = outs = osr = osb = undefined;
    var ins = p.getInputStream();
    var isr = new java.io.InputStreamReader(ins);
    var br = new java.io.BufferedReader(isr);
    var line;

    while( null !== (line=br.readLine())){
        print(line);
    }
    br.close();
    isr.close();
    ins.close();
    p.waitFor();

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

<head>
	<title>Fossil/JSON raw request sending</title>
	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.6.4/jquery.min.js"></script> 
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/whajaj.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/fossil-ajaj.js"></script>

<style type='text/css'>
th {
  text-align: left;
  background-color: #ececec;  
}

.dangerWillRobinson {
    background-color: yellow;
}
</style>

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

<head>
	<title>Fossil/JSON raw request sending</title>
	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.6.4/jquery.min.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/whajaj.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/fossil-ajaj.js"></script>

<style type='text/css'>
th {
  text-align: left;
  background-color: #ececec;
}

.dangerWillRobinson {
    background-color: yellow;
}
</style>

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

<head>
	<title>Fossil/JSON Wiki Editor Prototype</title>
	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.2/jquery.min.js"></script> 
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/whajaj.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/fossil-ajaj.js"></script>

<style type='text/css'>
th {
  text-align: left;
  background-color: #ececec;  
}

.dangerWillRobinson {
    background-color: yellow;
}

.wikiPageLink {
................................................................................
    TheApp.refreshPageListView = function(){
        var list = (function(){
            var k, v, li = [];
            for( k in TheApp.pages ){
                if(!TheApp.pages.hasOwnProperty(k)) continue;
                li.push(k);
            }
            return li;                
        })();
        var i, p, a, tgt = TheApp.jqe.pageListArea;
        tgt.text('');
        function makeLink(name){
            var link = jQuery('<span></span>');
            link.text(name);
            link.addClass('wikiPageLink');
................................................................................

See also: <a href='index.html'>main test page</a>.

<br>
<b>Login:</b>
<br/>
<input type='button' value='Anon. Login' onclick='TheApp.cgi.login()' />
or: 
name:<input type='text' id='textUser' value='json-demo' size='12'/>
pw:<input type='password' id='textPassword' value='json-demo' size='12'/>
<input type='button' value='login' onclick='TheApp.cgi.login(jQuery("#textUser").val(),jQuery("#textPassword").val(),{onResponse:TheApp.onLogin})' />
<input type='button' value='logout' onclick='TheApp.cgi.logout()' />

<br/>
<span id='currentAuthToken' style='font-family:monospaced'></span>

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

<head>
	<title>Fossil/JSON Wiki Editor Prototype</title>
	<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
    <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.2/jquery.min.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/whajaj.js"></script>
    <script type="text/javascript" src="js/fossil-ajaj.js"></script>

<style type='text/css'>
th {
  text-align: left;
  background-color: #ececec;
}

.dangerWillRobinson {
    background-color: yellow;
}

.wikiPageLink {
................................................................................
    TheApp.refreshPageListView = function(){
        var list = (function(){
            var k, v, li = [];
            for( k in TheApp.pages ){
                if(!TheApp.pages.hasOwnProperty(k)) continue;
                li.push(k);
            }
            return li;
        })();
        var i, p, a, tgt = TheApp.jqe.pageListArea;
        tgt.text('');
        function makeLink(name){
            var link = jQuery('<span></span>');
            link.text(name);
            link.addClass('wikiPageLink');
................................................................................

See also: <a href='index.html'>main test page</a>.

<br>
<b>Login:</b>
<br/>
<input type='button' value='Anon. Login' onclick='TheApp.cgi.login()' />
or:
name:<input type='text' id='textUser' value='json-demo' size='12'/>
pw:<input type='password' id='textPassword' value='json-demo' size='12'/>
<input type='button' value='login' onclick='TheApp.cgi.login(jQuery("#textUser").val(),jQuery("#textPassword").val(),{onResponse:TheApp.onLogin})' />
<input type='button' value='logout' onclick='TheApp.cgi.logout()' />

<br/>
<span id='currentAuthToken' style='font-family:monospaced'></span>

use cc cc-lib

options {
    with-openssl:path|auto|none
                         => {Look for OpenSSL in the given path, or auto or none}
    with-miniz=0         => {Use miniz from the source tree}
    with-zlib:path       => {Look for zlib in the given path}


    with-legacy-mv-rm=0  => {Enable legacy behavior for mv/rm (skip checkout files)}
    with-th1-docs=0      => {Enable TH1 for embedded documentation pages}
    with-th1-hooks=0     => {Enable TH1 hooks for commands and web pages}
    with-tcl:path        => {Enable Tcl integration, with Tcl in the specified path}
    with-tcl-stubs=0     => {Enable Tcl integration via stubs library mechanism}
    with-tcl-private-stubs=0
                         => {Enable Tcl integration via private stubs mechanism}
................................................................................
}

if {[opt-bool with-legacy-mv-rm]} {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
    define FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
    msg-result "Legacy mv/rm support enabled"
}







if {[opt-bool with-th1-docs]} {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
    define FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
    msg-result "TH1 embedded documentation support enabled"
}

................................................................................
        define FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
        define USE_TCL_STUBS
    } else {
        set libs "$tclconfig(TCL_LIB_SPEC) $tclconfig(TCL_LIBS)"
    }
    set cflags $tclconfig(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
    if {!$tclprivatestubs} {

        cc-with [list -cflags $cflags -libs $libs] {
            if {$tclstubs} {
                if {![cc-check-functions Tcl_InitStubs]} {
                    user-error "Cannot find a usable Tcl stubs library $msg"

                }
            } else {
                if {![cc-check-functions Tcl_CreateInterp]} {
                    user-error "Cannot find a usable Tcl library $msg"

                }
            }
























        }
    }
    set version $tclconfig(TCL_VERSION)$tclconfig(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
    msg-result "Found Tcl $version at $tclconfig(TCL_PREFIX)"
    if {!$tclprivatestubs} {
        define-append LIBS $libs
    }

use cc cc-lib

options {
    with-openssl:path|auto|none
                         => {Look for OpenSSL in the given path, or auto or none}
    with-miniz=0         => {Use miniz from the source tree}
    with-zlib:path       => {Look for zlib in the given path}
    with-exec-rel-paths=0
                         => {Enable relative paths for external diff/gdiff}
    with-legacy-mv-rm=0  => {Enable legacy behavior for mv/rm (skip checkout files)}
    with-th1-docs=0      => {Enable TH1 for embedded documentation pages}
    with-th1-hooks=0     => {Enable TH1 hooks for commands and web pages}
    with-tcl:path        => {Enable Tcl integration, with Tcl in the specified path}
    with-tcl-stubs=0     => {Enable Tcl integration via stubs library mechanism}
    with-tcl-private-stubs=0
                         => {Enable Tcl integration via private stubs mechanism}
................................................................................
}

if {[opt-bool with-legacy-mv-rm]} {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
    define FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
    msg-result "Legacy mv/rm support enabled"
}

if {[opt-bool with-exec-rel-paths]} {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
    define FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
    msg-result "Relative paths in external diff/gdiff enabled"
}

if {[opt-bool with-th1-docs]} {
    define-append EXTRA_CFLAGS -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
    define FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
    msg-result "TH1 embedded documentation support enabled"
}

................................................................................
        define FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
        define USE_TCL_STUBS
    } else {
        set libs "$tclconfig(TCL_LIB_SPEC) $tclconfig(TCL_LIBS)"
    }
    set cflags $tclconfig(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
    if {!$tclprivatestubs} {
        set foundtcl 0; # Did we find a working Tcl library?
        cc-with [list -cflags $cflags -libs $libs] {
            if {$tclstubs} {
                if {[cc-check-functions Tcl_InitStubs]} {

                    set foundtcl 1
                }
            } else {
                if {[cc-check-functions Tcl_CreateInterp]} {

                    set foundtcl 1
                }
            }
        }
        if {!$foundtcl && [string match *-lieee* $libs]} {
            # On some systems, using "-lieee" from TCL_LIB_SPEC appears
            # to cause issues.
            msg-result "Removing \"-lieee\" and retrying for Tcl..."
            set libs [string map [list -lieee ""] $libs]
            cc-with [list -cflags $cflags -libs $libs] {
                if {$tclstubs} {
                    if {[cc-check-functions Tcl_InitStubs]} {
                        set foundtcl 1
                    }
                } else {
                    if {[cc-check-functions Tcl_CreateInterp]} {
                        set foundtcl 1
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        if {!$foundtcl} {
            if {$tclstubs} {
                user-error "Cannot find a usable Tcl stubs library $msg"
            } else {
                user-error "Cannot find a usable Tcl library $msg"
            }
        }
    }
    set version $tclconfig(TCL_VERSION)$tclconfig(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
    msg-result "Found Tcl $version at $tclconfig(TCL_PREFIX)"
    if {!$tclprivatestubs} {
        define-append LIBS $libs
    }

\fICOMMAND [OPTIONS]\fR
.SH DESCRIPTION
Fossil is a distributed version control system (DVCS) with built-in
wiki, ticket tracker, CGI/http interface, and http server.

.SH Common COMMANDs:

add            clean          import         pull           stash 
.br
addremove      clone          info           purge          status
.br
all            commit         init           push           sync
.br
annotate       diff           json           rebuild        tag
.br

\fICOMMAND [OPTIONS]\fR
.SH DESCRIPTION
Fossil is a distributed version control system (DVCS) with built-in
wiki, ticket tracker, CGI/http interface, and http server.

.SH Common COMMANDs:

add            clean          import         pull           stash
.br
addremove      clone          info           purge          status
.br
all            commit         init           push           sync
.br
annotate       diff           json           rebuild        tag
.br

Name "Fossil"

; The file to write
OutFile "fossil-setup.exe"

; The default installation directory
InstallDir $PROGRAMFILES\Fossil
; Registry key to check for directory (so if you install again, it will 
; overwrite the old one automatically)
InstallDirRegKey HKLM SOFTWARE\Fossil "Install_Dir"

; The text to prompt the user to enter a directory
ComponentText "This will install fossil on your computer."
; The text to prompt the user to enter a directory
DirText "Choose a directory to install in to:"

Name "Fossil"

; The file to write
OutFile "fossil-setup.exe"

; The default installation directory
InstallDir $PROGRAMFILES\Fossil
; Registry key to check for directory (so if you install again, it will
; overwrite the old one automatically)
InstallDirRegKey HKLM SOFTWARE\Fossil "Install_Dir"

; The text to prompt the user to enter a directory
ComponentText "This will install fossil on your computer."
; The text to prompt the user to enter a directory
DirText "Choose a directory to install in to:"

   5.   Type "make" to rebuild.

Development Hints
-----------------

One way to develop a new skin is to copy the baseline files (css.txt,
details.txt, footer.txt, and header.txt) into a working directory $WORKDIR 
then launch Fossil with a command-line option "--skin $WORKDIR".  Example:

        cp -r skins/default newskin
        fossil ui --skin ./newskin

When the argument to --skin contains one or more '/' characters, the
appropriate skin files are read from disk from the directory specified.
So after launching fossil as shown above, you can edit the newskin/css.txt,
newskin/details.txt, newskin/footer.txt, and newskin/header.txt files using
your favorite text editor, then press Reload on your browser to see
immediate results.

   5.   Type "make" to rebuild.

Development Hints
-----------------

One way to develop a new skin is to copy the baseline files (css.txt,
details.txt, footer.txt, and header.txt) into a working directory $WORKDIR
then launch Fossil with a command-line option "--skin $WORKDIR".  Example:

        cp -r skins/default newskin
        fossil ui --skin ./newskin

When the argument to --skin contains one or more '/' characters, the
appropriate skin files are read from disk from the directory specified.
So after launching fossil as shown above, you can edit the newskin/css.txt,
newskin/details.txt, newskin/footer.txt, and newskin/header.txt files using
your favorite text editor, then press Reload on your browser to see
immediate results.

  border-right: 1px solid #ddd;
}

tr.timelineSelected {
  border-left: 2px solid orange;
  background-color: #ffffe8;
  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
  border-right: 1px solid #ddd;  
}

tr.timelineCurrent td.timelineTableCell {
}

tr.timelineSpacer {
}

  border-right: 1px solid #ddd;
}

tr.timelineSelected {
  border-left: 2px solid orange;
  background-color: #ffffe8;
  border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;
  border-right: 1px solid #ddd;
}

tr.timelineCurrent td.timelineTableCell {
}

tr.timelineSpacer {
}

              username AS xusername
         FROM ticketchng
        WHERE tkt_id=$tkt_id AND length(icomment)>0} {
          if {$seenRow eq "0"} {
            html "<h5>User Comments</h5>\n"
            set seenRow 1
          }
  html "<div class='tktComment'>\n"          
  html "<div class='tktCommentHeader'>\n"
  html "<div class='pull-right'>$xdate</div>\n"
  html "<span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xlogin]</span>"
  if {$xlogin ne $xusername && [string length $xusername]>0} {
    html " (claiming to be <span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xusername]</span>)"
  }
  html " commented</div>\n"

              username AS xusername
         FROM ticketchng
        WHERE tkt_id=$tkt_id AND length(icomment)>0} {
          if {$seenRow eq "0"} {
            html "<h5>User Comments</h5>\n"
            set seenRow 1
          }
  html "<div class='tktComment'>\n"
  html "<div class='tktCommentHeader'>\n"
  html "<div class='pull-right'>$xdate</div>\n"
  html "<span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xlogin]</span>"
  if {$xlogin ne $xusername && [string length $xusername]>0} {
    html " (claiming to be <span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xusername]</span>)"
  }
  html " commented</div>\n"

              username AS xusername
         FROM ticketchng
        WHERE tkt_id=$tkt_id AND length(icomment)>0} {
          if {$seenRow eq "0"} {
            html "<h5>User Comments</h5>\n"
            set seenRow 1
          }
  html "<div class='tktComment'>\n"          
  html "<div class='tktCommentHeader'>\n"
  html "<div class='pull-right'>$xdate</div>\n"
  html "<span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xlogin]</span>"
  if {$xlogin ne $xusername && [string length $xusername]>0} {
    html " (claiming to be <span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xusername]</span>)"
  }
  html " commented</div>\n"

              username AS xusername
         FROM ticketchng
        WHERE tkt_id=$tkt_id AND length(icomment)>0} {
          if {$seenRow eq "0"} {
            html "<h5>User Comments</h5>\n"
            set seenRow 1
          }
  html "<div class='tktComment'>\n"
  html "<div class='tktCommentHeader'>\n"
  html "<div class='pull-right'>$xdate</div>\n"
  html "<span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xlogin]</span>"
  if {$xlogin ne $xusername && [string length $xusername]>0} {
    html " (claiming to be <span class='tktCommentLogin'>[htmlize $xusername]</span>)"
  }
  html " commented</div>\n"

/******************************************************************************
 * Xekri
 *
 * To adjust the width of the contents for this skin, look for the "max-width" 
 * property and change its value.  (It's in the "Main Area" section)  The value 
 * determines how much of the browser window to use.  Some like 100%, so that 
 * the entire window is used.  Others prefer 80%, which makes the contents 
 * easier to read for them.
 */


/**************************************
 * General HTML
 */
................................................................................
span.wikiruleHead {
  font-weight: bold;
}


/* format for user color input on checkin edit page */
input.checkinUserColor {
  /* no special definitions, class defined, to enable color pickers, 
  * f.e.:
  * ** add the color picker found at http:jscolor.com as java script 
  * include
  * ** to the header and configure the java script file with
  * ** 1. use as bindClass :checkinUserColor
  * ** 2. change the default hash adding behaviour to ON
  * ** or change the class defition of element identified by 
  * id="clrcust"
  * ** to a standard jscolor definition with java script in the footer. 
  * */
}

/* format for end of content area, to be used to clear page flow. */
div.endContent {
  clear: both;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Xekri
 *
 * To adjust the width of the contents for this skin, look for the "max-width"
 * property and change its value.  (It's in the "Main Area" section)  The value
 * determines how much of the browser window to use.  Some like 100%, so that
 * the entire window is used.  Others prefer 80%, which makes the contents
 * easier to read for them.
 */


/**************************************
 * General HTML
 */
................................................................................
span.wikiruleHead {
  font-weight: bold;
}


/* format for user color input on checkin edit page */
input.checkinUserColor {
  /* no special definitions, class defined, to enable color pickers,
  * f.e.:
  * ** add the color picker found at http:jscolor.com as java script
  * include
  * ** to the header and configure the java script file with
  * ** 1. use as bindClass :checkinUserColor
  * ** 2. change the default hash adding behaviour to ON
  * ** or change the class defition of element identified by
  * id="clrcust"
  * ** to a standard jscolor definition with java script in the footer.
  * */
}

/* format for end of content area, to be used to clear page flow. */
div.endContent {
  clear: both;
}

  const char *zNew,
  int dryRunFlag
){
  int x = db_int(-1, "SELECT deleted FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q %s",
                         zNew, filename_collation());
  if( x>=0 ){
    if( x==0 ){



      fossil_fatal("cannot rename '%s' to '%s' since another file named '%s'"
                   " is currently under management", zOrig, zNew, zNew);

    }else{
      fossil_fatal("cannot rename '%s' to '%s' since the delete of '%s' has "
                   "not yet been committed", zOrig, zNew, zNew);
    }
  }
  fossil_print("RENAME %s %s\n", zOrig, zNew);
  if( !dryRunFlag ){
................................................................................
static void add_file_to_move(
  const char *zOldName, /* The old name of the file on disk. */
  const char *zNewName  /* The new name of the file on disk. */
){
  static int tableCreated = 0;
  Blob fullOldName;
  Blob fullNewName;

  if( !tableCreated ){
    db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE fmove(x TEXT PRIMARY KEY %s, y TEXT %s)",
                  filename_collation(), filename_collation());
    tableCreated = 1;
  }
  file_tree_name(zOldName, &fullOldName, 1, 1);

  file_tree_name(zNewName, &fullNewName, 1, 1);


  db_multi_exec("INSERT INTO fmove VALUES('%q','%q');",
                blob_str(&fullOldName), blob_str(&fullNewName));

  blob_reset(&fullNewName);
  blob_reset(&fullOldName);
}

/*
** This function moves files within the checkout, using the file names
** contained in the temporary table "fmove".  The temporary table is

  const char *zNew,
  int dryRunFlag
){
  int x = db_int(-1, "SELECT deleted FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q %s",
                         zNew, filename_collation());
  if( x>=0 ){
    if( x==0 ){
      if( !filenames_are_case_sensitive() && fossil_stricmp(zOrig,zNew)==0 ){
        /* Case change only */
      }else{
        fossil_fatal("cannot rename '%s' to '%s' since another file named '%s'"
                     " is currently under management", zOrig, zNew, zNew);
      }
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("cannot rename '%s' to '%s' since the delete of '%s' has "
                   "not yet been committed", zOrig, zNew, zNew);
    }
  }
  fossil_print("RENAME %s %s\n", zOrig, zNew);
  if( !dryRunFlag ){
................................................................................
static void add_file_to_move(
  const char *zOldName, /* The old name of the file on disk. */
  const char *zNewName  /* The new name of the file on disk. */
){
  static int tableCreated = 0;
  Blob fullOldName;
  Blob fullNewName;
  char *zOld, *zNew;
  if( !tableCreated ){
    db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE fmove(x TEXT PRIMARY KEY %s, y TEXT %s)",
                  filename_collation(), filename_collation());
    tableCreated = 1;
  }
  file_tree_name(zOldName, &fullOldName, 1, 1);
  zOld = blob_str(&fullOldName);
  file_tree_name(zNewName, &fullNewName, 1, 1);
  zNew = blob_str(&fullNewName);
  if( filenames_are_case_sensitive() || fossil_stricmp(zOld,zNew)!=0 ){
    db_multi_exec("INSERT INTO fmove VALUES('%q','%q');", zOld, zNew);

  }
  blob_reset(&fullNewName);
  blob_reset(&fullOldName);
}

/*
** This function moves files within the checkout, using the file names
** contained in the temporary table "fmove".  The temporary table is

** sorted either chronologically by bisect time, or by check-in time.
*/
static void bisect_chart(int sortByCkinTime){
  char *zLog = db_lget("bisect-log","");
  Blob log, id;
  Stmt q;
  int cnt = 0;

  blob_init(&log, zLog, -1);
  db_multi_exec(
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE bilog("
     "  seq INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"  /* Sequence of events */
     "  stat TEXT,"                /* Type of occurrence */
     "  rid INTEGER"               /* Check-in number */
     ");"
  );
  db_prepare(&q, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO bilog(seq,stat,rid)"
                 " VALUES(:seq,:stat,:rid)");
  while( blob_token(&log, &id) ){
    int rid = atoi(blob_str(&id));
    db_bind_int(&q, ":seq", ++cnt);
................................................................................
    db_bind_text(&q, ":stat", rid>0 ? "GOOD" : "BAD");
    db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", rid>=0 ? rid : -rid);
    db_step(&q);
    db_reset(&q);
  }
  db_bind_int(&q, ":seq", ++cnt);
  db_bind_text(&q, ":stat", "CURRENT");
  db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", db_lget_int("checkout", 0));
  db_step(&q);
  db_finalize(&q);
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT bilog.seq, bilog.stat,"
    "       substr(blob.uuid,1,16), datetime(event.mtime)"

    "  FROM bilog, blob, event"
    " WHERE blob.rid=bilog.rid AND event.objid=bilog.rid"
    "   AND event.type='ci'"
    " ORDER BY %s bilog.rowid ASC",
    (sortByCkinTime ? "event.mtime DESC, " : "")
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){

    fossil_print("%3d %-7s %s %s\n",
        db_column_int(&q, 0),
        db_column_text(&q, 1),

        db_column_text(&q, 3),
        db_column_text(&q, 2));

  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** COMMAND: bisect
**

** sorted either chronologically by bisect time, or by check-in time.
*/
static void bisect_chart(int sortByCkinTime){
  char *zLog = db_lget("bisect-log","");
  Blob log, id;
  Stmt q;
  int cnt = 0;
  int iCurrent = db_lget_int("checkout",0);
  blob_init(&log, zLog, -1);
  db_multi_exec(
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE bilog("
     "  seq INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"  /* Sequence of events */
     "  stat TEXT,"                /* Type of occurrence */
     "  rid INTEGER UNIQUE"        /* Check-in number */
     ");"
  );
  db_prepare(&q, "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO bilog(seq,stat,rid)"
                 " VALUES(:seq,:stat,:rid)");
  while( blob_token(&log, &id) ){
    int rid = atoi(blob_str(&id));
    db_bind_int(&q, ":seq", ++cnt);
................................................................................
    db_bind_text(&q, ":stat", rid>0 ? "GOOD" : "BAD");
    db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", rid>=0 ? rid : -rid);
    db_step(&q);
    db_reset(&q);
  }
  db_bind_int(&q, ":seq", ++cnt);
  db_bind_text(&q, ":stat", "CURRENT");
  db_bind_int(&q, ":rid", iCurrent);
  db_step(&q);
  db_finalize(&q);
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT bilog.seq, bilog.stat,"
    "       substr(blob.uuid,1,16), datetime(event.mtime),"
    "       blob.rid==%d"
    "  FROM bilog, blob, event"
    " WHERE blob.rid=bilog.rid AND event.objid=bilog.rid"
    "   AND event.type='ci'"
    " ORDER BY %s bilog.rowid ASC",
    iCurrent, (sortByCkinTime ? "event.mtime DESC, " : "")
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zGoodBad = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    fossil_print("%3d %-7s %s %s%s\n",
        db_column_int(&q, 0),

        zGoodBad,
        db_column_text(&q, 3),
        db_column_text(&q, 2),
        (db_column_int(&q, 4) && zGoodBad[0]!='C') ? " CURRENT" : "");
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** COMMAND: bisect
**

  pBlob->xRealloc = blobReallocStatic;
}

/*
** Append text or data to the end of a blob.
*/
void blob_append(Blob *pBlob, const char *aData, int nData){

  blob_is_init(pBlob);
  if( nData<0 ) nData = strlen(aData);
  if( nData==0 ) return;
  if( pBlob->nUsed + nData >= pBlob->nAlloc ){
    pBlob->xRealloc(pBlob, pBlob->nUsed + nData + pBlob->nAlloc + 100);
    if( pBlob->nUsed + nData >= pBlob->nAlloc ){
      blob_panic();

  pBlob->xRealloc = blobReallocStatic;
}

/*
** Append text or data to the end of a blob.
*/
void blob_append(Blob *pBlob, const char *aData, int nData){
  assert( aData!=0 || nData==0 );
  blob_is_init(pBlob);
  if( nData<0 ) nData = strlen(aData);
  if( nData==0 ) return;
  if( pBlob->nUsed + nData >= pBlob->nAlloc ){
    pBlob->xRealloc(pBlob, pBlob->nUsed + nData + pBlob->nAlloc + 100);
    if( pBlob->nUsed + nData >= pBlob->nAlloc ){
      blob_panic();

    }
  }

  /* If no match is found and the name begins with an upper-case
  ** letter, then check to see if there is an environment variable
  ** with the given name.
  */
  if( fossil_isupper(zName[0]) ){
    const char *zValue = fossil_getenv(zName);
    if( zValue ){
      cgi_set_parameter_nocopy(zName, zValue, 0);
      CGIDEBUG(("env-match [%s] = [%s]\n", zName, zValue));
      return zValue;
    }
  }

    }
  }

  /* If no match is found and the name begins with an upper-case
  ** letter, then check to see if there is an environment variable
  ** with the given name.
  */
  if( zName && fossil_isupper(zName[0]) ){
    const char *zValue = fossil_getenv(zName);
    if( zValue ){
      cgi_set_parameter_nocopy(zName, zValue, 0);
      CGIDEBUG(("env-match [%s] = [%s]\n", zName, zValue));
      return zValue;
    }
  }

      (blob_size(&where)>0) ? "OR" : "AND", zName,
      filename_collation(), zName, filename_collation(),
      zName, filename_collation()
    );
  }

  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT pathname, deleted, chnged, rid, coalesce(origname!=pathname,0)"
    "  FROM vfile "
    " WHERE is_selected(id) %s"
    "   AND (chnged OR deleted OR rid=0 OR pathname!=origname)"
    " ORDER BY 1 /*scan*/",
    blob_sql_text(&where)
  );
  blob_zero(&rewrittenPathname);
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    const char *zDisplayName = zPathname;
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3)==0;
    int isRenamed = db_column_int(&q,4);

    char *zFullName = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
    if( cwdRelative ){
      file_relative_name(zFullName, &rewrittenPathname, 0);
      zDisplayName = blob_str(&rewrittenPathname);
      if( zDisplayName[0]=='.' && zDisplayName[1]=='/' ){
        zDisplayName += 2;  /* no unnecessary ./ prefix */
      }
................................................................................
        blob_appendf(report, "EXECUTABLE %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==7 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "SYMLINK    %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==8 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "UNEXEC     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==9 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "UNLINK     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( file_contains_merge_marker(zFullName) ){
        blob_appendf(report, "CONFLICT   %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else{
        blob_appendf(report, "EDITED     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }
    }else if( isRenamed ){
      blob_appendf(report, "RENAMED    %s\n", zDisplayName);
    }else{
................................................................................
       "       datetime(checkin_mtime(%d,rid),'unixepoch'%s)"
       "  FROM vfile %s"
       " ORDER BY %s",
       vid, timeline_utc(), blob_sql_text(&where), zOrderBy /*safe-for-%s*/
    );
  }else{
    db_prepare(&q,
       "SELECT pathname, deleted, rid, chnged, coalesce(origname!=pathname,0)"
       "  FROM vfile %s"
       " ORDER BY %s", blob_sql_text(&where), zOrderBy /*safe-for-%s*/
    );
  }
  blob_reset(&where);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,2)==0;
    int chnged = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int renamed = db_column_int(&q,4);

    char *zFullName = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
    const char *type = "";
    if( verboseFlag ){
      if( isNew ){
        type = "ADDED      ";
      }else if( isDeleted ){
        type = "DELETED    ";
................................................................................
          type = "UPDATED_BY_MERGE ";
        }else if( chnged==3 ){
          type = "ADDED_BY_MERGE ";
        }else if( chnged==4 ){
          type = "UPDATED_BY_INTEGRATE ";
        }else if( chnged==5 ){
          type = "ADDED_BY_INTEGRATE ";
        }else if( file_contains_merge_marker(zFullName) ){
          type = "CONFLICT   ";
        }else{
          type = "EDITED     ";
        }
      }else if( renamed ){
        type = "RENAMED    ";
      }else{
................................................................................
** the --force flag is used or unless the file matches glob pattern
** specified by the --ignore or --keep will ever be deleted. The
** default values for --ignore, and --keep are determined by the
** (versionable) clean-glob, ignore-glob, and keep-glob settings.
** Files and subdirectories whose names begin with "." are automatically
** ignored unless the --dotfiles option is used.
**
** The --verily option ignores the ignore-glob setting and turns on
**--dotfiles, and --emptydirs.  Use the --verily option when you
** really want to clean up everything.  Extreme care should be
** exercised when using the --verily option.
**
** Options:
**    --allckouts      Check for empty directories within any checkouts
**                     that may be nested within the current one.  This
**                     option should be used with great care because the
**                     empty-dirs setting (and other applicable settings)
**                     belonging to the other repositories, if any, will
................................................................................
**                     explicitly exempted via the empty-dirs setting
**                     or another applicable setting or command line
**                     argument.  Matching files, if any, are removed
**                     prior to checking for any empty directories;
**                     therefore, directories that contain only files
**                     that were removed will be removed as well.
**    -f|--force       Remove files without prompting.
**    -x|--verily      Remove everything that is not a managed file or
**                     the repository itself.  Implies --emptydirs and


**                     --dotfiles.  Disregards ignore-glob setting.
**                     Compatibile with "git clean -x".
**    --ignore <CSG>   Ignore files matching patterns from the
**                     comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --keep <CSG>     Keep files matching this comma separated
**                     list of glob patterns.
**    -n|--dry-run     Delete nothing, but display what would have been
**                     deleted.
................................................................................
  zIgnoreFlag = find_option("ignore",0,1);
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0;
  zKeepFlag = find_option("keep",0,1);
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( find_option("verily","x",0)!=0 ){
    verilyFlag = 1;
    emptyDirsFlag = 1;

    scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
    zCleanFlag = 0;
  }
  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  if( zKeepFlag==0 ){
    zKeepFlag = db_get("keep-glob", 0);
  }
  if( db_get_boolean("dotfiles", 0) ) scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
  verify_all_options();
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);
  pKeep = glob_create(zKeepFlag);
  nRoot = (int)strlen(g.zLocalRoot);
................................................................................
    if( file_tree_name(g.zRepositoryName, &repo, 0, 0) ){
      db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM sfile WHERE x=%B", &repo);
    }
    db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM sfile WHERE x IN (SELECT pathname FROM vfile)");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      if( glob_match(pKeep, zName+nRoot) ){
        if( verboseFlag || verilyFlag ){
          fossil_print("KEPT file \"%s\" not removed (due to --keep"
                       " or \"keep-glob\")\n", zName+nRoot);
        }
        continue;
      }
      if( !dryRunFlag
          && !(verilyFlag && glob_match(pIgnore, zName+nRoot)) ){
................................................................................
        " WHERE x NOT IN (%s) AND y = 0"
        " ORDER BY 1 DESC",
        g.zLocalRoot, fossil_all_reserved_names(0)
    );
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      if( glob_match(pKeep, zName+nRoot) ){
        if( verboseFlag || verilyFlag ){
          fossil_print("KEPT directory \"%s\" not removed (due to --keep"
                       " or \"keep-glob\")\n", zName+nRoot);
        }
        continue;
      }
      if( dryRunFlag || file_rmdir(zName)==0 ){
        if( verboseFlag || dryRunFlag ){
................................................................................
**    -n|--dry-run               If given, display instead of run actions
**    --no-warnings              omit all warnings about file contents
**    --nosign                   do not attempt to sign this commit with gpg
**    --private                  do not sync changes and their descendants
**    --sha1sum                  verify file status using SHA1 hashing rather
**                               than relying on file mtimes
**    --tag TAG-NAME             assign given tag TAG-NAME to the check-in


**
** See also: branch, changes, checkout, extras, sync
*/
void commit_cmd(void){
  int hasChanges;        /* True if unsaved changes exist */
  int vid;               /* blob-id of parent version */
  int nrid;              /* blob-id of a modified file */

      (blob_size(&where)>0) ? "OR" : "AND", zName,
      filename_collation(), zName, filename_collation(),
      zName, filename_collation()
    );
  }

  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT pathname, deleted, chnged, rid, coalesce(origname!=pathname,0), islink"
    "  FROM vfile "
    " WHERE is_selected(id) %s"
    "   AND (chnged OR deleted OR rid=0 OR pathname!=origname)"
    " ORDER BY 1 /*scan*/",
    blob_sql_text(&where)
  );
  blob_zero(&rewrittenPathname);
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    const char *zDisplayName = zPathname;
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3)==0;
    int isRenamed = db_column_int(&q,4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q,5);
    char *zFullName = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
    if( cwdRelative ){
      file_relative_name(zFullName, &rewrittenPathname, 0);
      zDisplayName = blob_str(&rewrittenPathname);
      if( zDisplayName[0]=='.' && zDisplayName[1]=='/' ){
        zDisplayName += 2;  /* no unnecessary ./ prefix */
      }
................................................................................
        blob_appendf(report, "EXECUTABLE %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==7 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "SYMLINK    %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==8 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "UNEXEC     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( isChnged==9 ){
        blob_appendf(report, "UNLINK     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else if( !isLink && file_contains_merge_marker(zFullName) ){
        blob_appendf(report, "CONFLICT   %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }else{
        blob_appendf(report, "EDITED     %s\n", zDisplayName);
      }
    }else if( isRenamed ){
      blob_appendf(report, "RENAMED    %s\n", zDisplayName);
    }else{
................................................................................
       "       datetime(checkin_mtime(%d,rid),'unixepoch'%s)"
       "  FROM vfile %s"
       " ORDER BY %s",
       vid, timeline_utc(), blob_sql_text(&where), zOrderBy /*safe-for-%s*/
    );
  }else{
    db_prepare(&q,
       "SELECT pathname, deleted, rid, chnged, coalesce(origname!=pathname,0), islink"
       "  FROM vfile %s"
       " ORDER BY %s", blob_sql_text(&where), zOrderBy /*safe-for-%s*/
    );
  }
  blob_reset(&where);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,2)==0;
    int chnged = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int renamed = db_column_int(&q,4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q,5);
    char *zFullName = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
    const char *type = "";
    if( verboseFlag ){
      if( isNew ){
        type = "ADDED      ";
      }else if( isDeleted ){
        type = "DELETED    ";
................................................................................
          type = "UPDATED_BY_MERGE ";
        }else if( chnged==3 ){
          type = "ADDED_BY_MERGE ";
        }else if( chnged==4 ){
          type = "UPDATED_BY_INTEGRATE ";
        }else if( chnged==5 ){
          type = "ADDED_BY_INTEGRATE ";
        }else if( !isLink && file_contains_merge_marker(zFullName) ){
          type = "CONFLICT   ";
        }else{
          type = "EDITED     ";
        }
      }else if( renamed ){
        type = "RENAMED    ";
      }else{
................................................................................
** the --force flag is used or unless the file matches glob pattern
** specified by the --ignore or --keep will ever be deleted. The
** default values for --ignore, and --keep are determined by the
** (versionable) clean-glob, ignore-glob, and keep-glob settings.
** Files and subdirectories whose names begin with "." are automatically
** ignored unless the --dotfiles option is used.
**
** The --verily option ignores the keep-glob and ignore-glob settings
** and turns on --dotfiles, and --emptydirs.  Use the --verily
** option when you really want to clean up everything.  Extreme care
** should be exercised when using the --verily option.
**
** Options:
**    --allckouts      Check for empty directories within any checkouts
**                     that may be nested within the current one.  This
**                     option should be used with great care because the
**                     empty-dirs setting (and other applicable settings)
**                     belonging to the other repositories, if any, will
................................................................................
**                     explicitly exempted via the empty-dirs setting
**                     or another applicable setting or command line
**                     argument.  Matching files, if any, are removed
**                     prior to checking for any empty directories;
**                     therefore, directories that contain only files
**                     that were removed will be removed as well.
**    -f|--force       Remove files without prompting.
**    -x|--verily      WARNING: Removes everything that is not a managed
**                     file or the repository itself.  This option
**                     implies the --emptydirs and --dotfiles options.
**                     --disable-undo options.  Furthermore, it completely
**                     disregards ignore-glob settings.
**                     Compatibile with "git clean -x".
**    --ignore <CSG>   Ignore files matching patterns from the
**                     comma separated list of glob patterns.
**    --keep <CSG>     Keep files matching this comma separated
**                     list of glob patterns.
**    -n|--dry-run     Delete nothing, but display what would have been
**                     deleted.
................................................................................
  zIgnoreFlag = find_option("ignore",0,1);
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0;
  zKeepFlag = find_option("keep",0,1);
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( find_option("verily","x",0)!=0 ){
    verilyFlag = 1;
    emptyDirsFlag = 1;
    disableUndo = 1;
    scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
    zCleanFlag = 0;
  }
  if( zIgnoreFlag==0 ){
    zIgnoreFlag = db_get("ignore-glob", 0);
  }
  if( zKeepFlag==0 && !verilyFlag ){
    zKeepFlag = db_get("keep-glob", 0);
  }
  if( db_get_boolean("dotfiles", 0) ) scanFlags |= SCAN_ALL;
  verify_all_options();
  pIgnore = glob_create(zIgnoreFlag);
  pKeep = glob_create(zKeepFlag);
  nRoot = (int)strlen(g.zLocalRoot);
................................................................................
    if( file_tree_name(g.zRepositoryName, &repo, 0, 0) ){
      db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM sfile WHERE x=%B", &repo);
    }
    db_multi_exec("DELETE FROM sfile WHERE x IN (SELECT pathname FROM vfile)");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      if( glob_match(pKeep, zName+nRoot) ){
        if( verboseFlag ){
          fossil_print("KEPT file \"%s\" not removed (due to --keep"
                       " or \"keep-glob\")\n", zName+nRoot);
        }
        continue;
      }
      if( !dryRunFlag
          && !(verilyFlag && glob_match(pIgnore, zName+nRoot)) ){
................................................................................
        " WHERE x NOT IN (%s) AND y = 0"
        " ORDER BY 1 DESC",
        g.zLocalRoot, fossil_all_reserved_names(0)
    );
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zName = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      if( glob_match(pKeep, zName+nRoot) ){
        if( verboseFlag ){
          fossil_print("KEPT directory \"%s\" not removed (due to --keep"
                       " or \"keep-glob\")\n", zName+nRoot);
        }
        continue;
      }
      if( dryRunFlag || file_rmdir(zName)==0 ){
        if( verboseFlag || dryRunFlag ){
................................................................................
**    -n|--dry-run               If given, display instead of run actions
**    --no-warnings              omit all warnings about file contents
**    --nosign                   do not attempt to sign this commit with gpg
**    --private                  do not sync changes and their descendants
**    --sha1sum                  verify file status using SHA1 hashing rather
**                               than relying on file mtimes
**    --tag TAG-NAME             assign given tag TAG-NAME to the check-in
**    --date-override DATE       DATE to use instead of 'now'
**    --user-override USER       USER to use instead of the current default
**
** See also: branch, changes, checkout, extras, sync
*/
void commit_cmd(void){
  int hasChanges;        /* True if unsaved changes exist */
  int vid;               /* blob-id of parent version */
  int nrid;              /* blob-id of a modified file */

  ){
    /* There's a versioned setting, and a non-versioned setting. Tell
    ** the user about the conflict */
    fossil_warning(
        "setting %s has both versioned and non-versioned values: using "
        "versioned value from file .fossil-settings/%s (to silence this "
        "warning, either create an empty file named "

        ".fossil-settings/%s.no-warn or delete the non-versioned setting "
        " with \"fossil unset %s\")", zName, zName, zName, zName
    );
  }
  /* Prefer the versioned setting */
  return ( zVersionedSetting!=0 ) ? zVersionedSetting : zNonVersionedSetting;
}


................................................................................
** repository and local databases.
**
** If no such variable exists, return zDefault.  Or, if zName is the name
** of a setting, then the zDefault is ignored and the default value of the
** setting is returned instead.  If zName is a versioned setting, then
** versioned value takes priority.
*/
char *db_get(const char *zName, char *zDefault){
  char *z = 0;
  const Setting *pSetting = db_find_setting(zName, 0);
  if( g.repositoryOpen ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT value FROM config WHERE name=%Q", zName);
  }
  if( z==0 && g.zConfigDbName ){
    db_swap_connections();
................................................................................
    ** checked out file */
    z = db_get_versioned(zName, z);
  }
  if( z==0 ){
    if( zDefault==0 && pSetting && pSetting->def[0] ){
      z = fossil_strdup(pSetting->def);
    }else{
      z = zDefault;
    }
  }
  return z;
}
char *db_get_mtime(const char *zName, char *zFormat, char *zDefault){
  char *z = 0;
  if( g.repositoryOpen ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT mtime FROM config WHERE name=%Q", zName);
  }
  if( z==0 ){
    z = zDefault;
  }else if( zFormat!=0 ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT strftime(%Q,%Q,'unixepoch');", zFormat, z);
  }
  return z;
}
void db_set(const char *zName, const char *zValue, int globalFlag){
  db_begin_transaction();
................................................................................
}
int db_get_boolean(const char *zName, int dflt){
  char *zVal = db_get(zName, dflt ? "on" : "off");
  if( is_truth(zVal) ) return 1;
  if( is_false(zVal) ) return 0;
  return dflt;
}
char *db_lget(const char *zName, char *zDefault){
  return db_text((char*)zDefault,
                 "SELECT value FROM vvar WHERE name=%Q", zName);
}
void db_lset(const char *zName, const char *zValue){
  db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO vvar(name,value) VALUES(%Q,%Q)", zName, zValue);
}
int db_lget_int(const char *zName, int dflt){
  return db_int(dflt, "SELECT value FROM vvar WHERE name=%Q", zName);
................................................................................
  { "diff-binary",      0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "diff-command",     0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "dont-push",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "dotfiles",         0,              0, 1, 0, "off"                 },
  { "editor",           0,             32, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "empty-dirs",       0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "encoding-glob",    0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },





  { "gdiff-command",    0,             40, 0, 0, "gdiff"               },
  { "gmerge-command",   0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "hash-digits",      0,              5, 0, 0, "10"                  },
  { "http-port",        0,             16, 0, 0, "8080"                },
  { "https-login",      0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "ignore-glob",      0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "keep-glob",        0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
................................................................................
** %fossil unset PROPERTY ?OPTIONS?
**
** The "settings" command with no arguments lists all properties and their
** values.  With just a property name it shows the value of that property.
** With a value argument it changes the property for the current repository.
**
** Settings marked as versionable are overridden by the contents of the
** file named .fossil-settings/PROPERTY in the checked out files, if that
** file exists.
**
** The "unset" command clears a property setting.
**
**
**    access-log       If enabled, record successful and failed login attempts
**                     in the "accesslog" table.  Default: off
................................................................................
**                     created.
**
**    encoding-glob    The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "commit" command will
**                     ignore when issuing warnings about text files that may
**                     use another encoding than ASCII or UTF-8. Set to "*"
**                     to disable encoding checking.



**
**    gdiff-command    External command to run when performing a graphical
**                     diff. If undefined, text diff will be used.
**
**    gmerge-command   A graphical merge conflict resolver command operating
**                     on four files.
**                     Ex: kdiff3 "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" -o "%output"

  ){
    /* There's a versioned setting, and a non-versioned setting. Tell
    ** the user about the conflict */
    fossil_warning(
        "setting %s has both versioned and non-versioned values: using "
        "versioned value from file .fossil-settings/%s (to silence this "
        "warning, either create an empty file named "
        ".fossil-settings/%s.no-warn in the check-out root, "
        "or delete the non-versioned setting "
        "with \"fossil unset %s\")", zName, zName, zName, zName
    );
  }
  /* Prefer the versioned setting */
  return ( zVersionedSetting!=0 ) ? zVersionedSetting : zNonVersionedSetting;
}


................................................................................
** repository and local databases.
**
** If no such variable exists, return zDefault.  Or, if zName is the name
** of a setting, then the zDefault is ignored and the default value of the
** setting is returned instead.  If zName is a versioned setting, then
** versioned value takes priority.
*/
char *db_get(const char *zName, const char *zDefault){
  char *z = 0;
  const Setting *pSetting = db_find_setting(zName, 0);
  if( g.repositoryOpen ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT value FROM config WHERE name=%Q", zName);
  }
  if( z==0 && g.zConfigDbName ){
    db_swap_connections();
................................................................................
    ** checked out file */
    z = db_get_versioned(zName, z);
  }
  if( z==0 ){
    if( zDefault==0 && pSetting && pSetting->def[0] ){
      z = fossil_strdup(pSetting->def);
    }else{
      z = fossil_strdup(zDefault);
    }
  }
  return z;
}
char *db_get_mtime(const char *zName, const char *zFormat, const char *zDefault){
  char *z = 0;
  if( g.repositoryOpen ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT mtime FROM config WHERE name=%Q", zName);
  }
  if( z==0 ){
    z = fossil_strdup(zDefault);
  }else if( zFormat!=0 ){
    z = db_text(0, "SELECT strftime(%Q,%Q,'unixepoch');", zFormat, z);
  }
  return z;
}
void db_set(const char *zName, const char *zValue, int globalFlag){
  db_begin_transaction();
................................................................................
}
int db_get_boolean(const char *zName, int dflt){
  char *zVal = db_get(zName, dflt ? "on" : "off");
  if( is_truth(zVal) ) return 1;
  if( is_false(zVal) ) return 0;
  return dflt;
}
char *db_lget(const char *zName, const char *zDefault){
  return db_text(zDefault,
                 "SELECT value FROM vvar WHERE name=%Q", zName);
}
void db_lset(const char *zName, const char *zValue){
  db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO vvar(name,value) VALUES(%Q,%Q)", zName, zValue);
}
int db_lget_int(const char *zName, int dflt){
  return db_int(dflt, "SELECT value FROM vvar WHERE name=%Q", zName);
................................................................................
  { "diff-binary",      0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
  { "diff-command",     0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "dont-push",        0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "dotfiles",         0,              0, 1, 0, "off"                 },
  { "editor",           0,             32, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "empty-dirs",       0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "encoding-glob",    0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
  { "exec-rel-paths",   0,              0, 0, 0, "on"                  },
#else
  { "exec-rel-paths",   0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
#endif
  { "gdiff-command",    0,             40, 0, 0, "gdiff"               },
  { "gmerge-command",   0,             40, 0, 0, ""                    },
  { "hash-digits",      0,              5, 0, 0, "10"                  },
  { "http-port",        0,             16, 0, 0, "8080"                },
  { "https-login",      0,              0, 0, 0, "off"                 },
  { "ignore-glob",      0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
  { "keep-glob",        0,             40, 1, 0, ""                    },
................................................................................
** %fossil unset PROPERTY ?OPTIONS?
**
** The "settings" command with no arguments lists all properties and their
** values.  With just a property name it shows the value of that property.
** With a value argument it changes the property for the current repository.
**
** Settings marked as versionable are overridden by the contents of the
** file named .fossil-settings/PROPERTY in the check-out root, if that
** file exists.
**
** The "unset" command clears a property setting.
**
**
**    access-log       If enabled, record successful and failed login attempts
**                     in the "accesslog" table.  Default: off
................................................................................
**                     created.
**
**    encoding-glob    The VALUE is a comma or newline-separated list of GLOB
**     (versionable)   patterns specifying files that the "commit" command will
**                     ignore when issuing warnings about text files that may
**                     use another encoding than ASCII or UTF-8. Set to "*"
**                     to disable encoding checking.
**
**    exec-rel-paths   When executing certain external commands (e.g. diff and
**                     gdiff), use relative paths.
**
**    gdiff-command    External command to run when performing a graphical
**                     diff. If undefined, text diff will be used.
**
**    gmerge-command   A graphical merge conflict resolver command operating
**                     on four files.
**                     Ex: kdiff3 "%baseline" "%original" "%merge" -o "%output"

#endif
        if( total!=limit ){
          /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */
          return -1;
        }
        return total;
      }





























































      default: {
        /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */
        return -1;
      }
    }
  }
  /* ERROR: unterminated delta */
  return -1;
}

#endif
        if( total!=limit ){
          /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */
          return -1;
        }
        return total;
      }
      default: {
        /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */
        return -1;
      }
    }
  }
  /* ERROR: unterminated delta */
  return -1;
}

/*
** Analyze a delta.  Figure out the total number of bytes copied from
** source to target, and the total number of bytes inserted by the delta,
** and return both numbers.
*/
int delta_analyze(
  const char *zDelta,    /* Delta to apply to the pattern */
  int lenDelta,          /* Length of the delta */
  int *pnCopy,           /* OUT: Number of bytes copied */
  int *pnInsert          /* OUT: Number of bytes inserted */
){
  unsigned int nInsert = 0;
  unsigned int nCopy = 0;

  (void)getInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
  if( *zDelta!='\n' ){
    /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */
    return -1;
  }
  zDelta++; lenDelta--;
  while( *zDelta && lenDelta>0 ){
    unsigned int cnt;
    cnt = getInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
    switch( zDelta[0] ){
      case '@': {
        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
        (void)getInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta);
        if( lenDelta>0 && zDelta[0]!=',' ){
          /* ERROR: copy command not terminated by ',' */
          return -1;
        }
        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
        nCopy += cnt;
        break;
      }
      case ':': {
        zDelta++; lenDelta--;
        nInsert += cnt;
        if( cnt>lenDelta ){
          /* ERROR: insert count exceeds size of delta */
          return -1;
        }
        zDelta += cnt;
        lenDelta -= cnt;
        break;
      }
      case ';': {
        *pnCopy = nCopy;
        *pnInsert = nInsert;
        return 0;
      }
      default: {
        /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */
        return -1;
      }
    }
  }
  /* ERROR: unterminated delta */
  return -1;
}

  blob_resize(pDelta, len);
  return 0;
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta-create
**


** Given two input files, create and output a delta that carries
** the first file into the second.

*/
void delta_create_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET DELTA");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
................................................................................
  if( blob_write_to_file(&delta, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&delta) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}






































/*
** Apply the delta in pDelta to the original file pOriginal to generate
** the target file pTarget.  The pTarget blob is initialized by this
** routine.
**
** It works ok for pTarget and pOriginal to be the same blob.
................................................................................
  *pTarget = out;
  return len;
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta-apply
**
** Given an input files and a delta, apply the delta to the input file
** and write the result.

*/
void delta_apply_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN DELTA TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
................................................................................
  if( blob_write_to_file(&target, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&target) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}


/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta


**
** Read two files named on the command-line.  Create and apply deltas
** going in both directions.  Verify that the original files are
** correctly recovered.
*/
void cmd_test_delta(void){
  Blob f1, f2;     /* Original file content */

  blob_resize(pDelta, len);
  return 0;
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta-create
**
** Usage: %fossil test-delta-create FILE1 FILE2 DELTA
**
** Create and output a delta that carries FILE1 into FILE2.

** Store the result in DELTA.
*/
void delta_create_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET DELTA");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
................................................................................
  if( blob_write_to_file(&delta, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&delta) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta-analyze
**
** Usage: %fossil test-delta-analyze FILE1 FILE2
**
** Create and a delta that carries FILE1 into FILE2.  Print the
** number bytes copied and the number of bytes inserted.
*/
void delta_analyze_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  int nCopy = 0;
  int nInsert = 0;
  int sz1, sz2;
  if( g.argc!=4 ){
    usage("ORIGIN TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[2]);
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&target, g.argv[3])<0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot read %s\n", g.argv[3]);
  }
  blob_delta_create(&orig, &target, &delta);
  delta_analyze(blob_buffer(&delta), blob_size(&delta), &nCopy, &nInsert);
  sz1 = blob_size(&orig);
  sz2 = blob_size(&target);
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
  fossil_print("original size:  %8d\n", sz1);
  fossil_print("bytes copied:   %8d (%.1f%% of target)\n",
               nCopy, (100.0*nCopy)/sz2);
  fossil_print("bytes inserted: %8d (%.1f%% of target)\n",
               nInsert, (100.0*nInsert)/sz2);
  fossil_print("final size:     %8d\n", sz2);
}

/*
** Apply the delta in pDelta to the original file pOriginal to generate
** the target file pTarget.  The pTarget blob is initialized by this
** routine.
**
** It works ok for pTarget and pOriginal to be the same blob.
................................................................................
  *pTarget = out;
  return len;
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta-apply
**
** Usage: %fossil test-delta-apply FILE1 DELTA
**
** Apply DELTA to FILE1 and output the result.
*/
void delta_apply_cmd(void){
  Blob orig, target, delta;
  if( g.argc!=5 ){
    usage("ORIGIN DELTA TARGET");
  }
  if( blob_read_from_file(&orig, g.argv[2])<0 ){
................................................................................
  if( blob_write_to_file(&target, g.argv[4])<blob_size(&target) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot write %s\n", g.argv[4]);
  }
  blob_reset(&orig);
  blob_reset(&target);
  blob_reset(&delta);
}


/*
** COMMAND:  test-delta
**
** Usage: %fossil test-delta FILE1 FILE2
**
** Read two files named on the command-line.  Create and apply deltas
** going in both directions.  Verify that the original files are
** correctly recovered.
*/
void cmd_test_delta(void){
  Blob f1, f2;     /* Original file content */

#  define NULL_DEVICE "/dev/null"
#endif

/*
** Used when the name for the diff is unknown.
*/
#define DIFF_NO_NAME  "(unknown)"























/*
** Print the "Index:" message that patches wants to see at the top of a diff.
*/
void diff_print_index(const char *zFile, u64 diffFlags){
  if( (diffFlags & (DIFF_SIDEBYSIDE|DIFF_BRIEF))==0 ){
    char *z = mprintf("Index: %s\n%.66c\n", zFile, '=');
................................................................................
    file_delete(zTemp1);
    file_delete(zTemp2);
    blob_reset(&cmd);
  }
}

/*
** Do a diff against a single file named in zFileTreeName from version zFrom
** against the same file on disk.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_one_against_disk(
  const char *zFrom,        /* Name of file */
  const char *zDiffCmd,     /* Use this "diff" command */
  const char *zBinGlob,     /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary,       /* Include binary files for external diff */
  u64 diffFlags,            /* Diff control flags */
  const char *zFileTreeName
){
  Blob fname;
  Blob content;
  int isLink;
  int isBin;
  file_tree_name(zFileTreeName, &fname, 0, 1);
  historical_version_of_file(zFrom, blob_str(&fname), &content, &isLink, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin, 0);
  if( !isLink != !file_wd_islink(zFrom) ){
    fossil_print("%s",DIFF_CANNOT_COMPUTE_SYMLINK);
  }else{
    diff_file(&content, isBin, zFileTreeName, zFileTreeName,
              zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
  }
  blob_reset(&content);
  blob_reset(&fname);
}

/*
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int srcid = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q, 5);
    char *zToFree = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
    const char *zFullName = zToFree;
    int showDiff = 1;










    if( isDeleted ){
      fossil_print("DELETED  %s\n", zPathname);
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; zFullName = NULL_DEVICE; }
    }else if( file_access(zFullName, F_OK) ){
      fossil_print("MISSING  %s\n", zPathname);
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }else if( isNew ){
      fossil_print("ADDED    %s\n", zPathname);
      srcid = 0;
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }else if( isChnged==3 ){
      fossil_print("ADDED_BY_MERGE %s\n", zPathname);
      srcid = 0;




      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }
    if( showDiff ){
      Blob content;
      int isBin;
      if( !isLink != !file_wd_islink(zFullName) ){
        diff_print_index(zPathname, diffFlags);
................................................................................
      }
      isBin = fIncludeBinary ? 0 : looks_like_binary(&content);
      diff_print_index(zPathname, diffFlags);
      diff_file(&content, isBin, zFullName, zPathname, zDiffCmd,
                zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
      blob_reset(&content);
    }
    free(zToFree);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  db_end_transaction(1);  /* ROLLBACK */
}


































































/*
** Output the differences between two versions of a single file.
** zFrom and zTo are the check-ins containing the two file versions.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_one_two_versions(
  const char *zFrom,
  const char *zTo,
  const char *zDiffCmd,
  const char *zBinGlob,
  int fIncludeBinary,
  u64 diffFlags,
  const char *zFileTreeName
){
  char *zName;
  Blob fname;
  Blob v1, v2;
  int isLink1, isLink2;
  int isBin1, isBin2;
  if( diffFlags & DIFF_BRIEF ) return;
  file_tree_name(zFileTreeName, &fname, 0, 1);
  zName = blob_str(&fname);
  historical_version_of_file(zFrom, zName, &v1, &isLink1, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin1, 0);
  historical_version_of_file(zTo, zName, &v2, &isLink2, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin2, 0);
  if( isLink1 != isLink2 ){
    diff_print_filenames(zName, zName, diffFlags);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return the name of the external diff command, or return NULL if
** no external diff command is defined.
*/
const char *diff_command_external(int guiDiff){
  char *zDefault;
  const char *zName;

  if( guiDiff ){
#if defined(_WIN32)
    zDefault = "WinDiff.exe";
#else
    zDefault = 0;
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --binary PATTERN           Treat files that match the glob PATTERN as binary
**   --branch BRANCH            Show diff of all changes on BRANCH
**   --brief                    Show filenames only
**   --context|-c N             Use N lines of context
**   --diff-binary BOOL         Include binary files when using external commands


**   --from|-r VERSION          select VERSION as source for the diff
**   --internal|-i              use internal diff logic
**   --side-by-side|-y          side-by-side diff
**   --strip-trailing-cr        Strip trailing CR
**   --tk                       Launch a Tcl/Tk GUI for display
**   --to VERSION               select VERSION as target for the diff

**   --unified                  unified diff
**   -v|--verbose               output complete text of added or deleted files
**   -w|--ignore-all-space      Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -W|--width <num>           Width of lines in side-by-side diff
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space Ignore changes to end-of-line whitespace
*/
void diff_cmd(void){
................................................................................
  int verboseFlag;           /* True if -v or --verbose flag is used */
  const char *zFrom;         /* Source version number */
  const char *zTo;           /* Target version number */
  const char *zBranch;       /* Branch to diff */
  const char *zDiffCmd = 0;  /* External diff command. NULL for internal diff */
  const char *zBinGlob = 0;  /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary = 0;    /* Include binary files for external diff */

  u64 diffFlags = 0;         /* Flags to control the DIFF */
  int f;

  if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
    diff_tk("diff", 2);
    return;
  }
  isGDiff = g.argv[1][0]=='g';
  isInternDiff = find_option("internal","i",0)!=0;
  zFrom = find_option("from", "r", 1);
  zTo = find_option("to", 0, 1);
  zBranch = find_option("branch", 0, 1);

  diffFlags = diff_options();
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0;
  if( !verboseFlag ){
    verboseFlag = find_option("new-file","N",0)!=0; /* deprecated */
  }
  if( verboseFlag ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;



  if( zBranch ){
    if( zTo || zFrom ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot use --from or --to with --branch");
    }
    zTo = zBranch;
    zFrom = mprintf("root:%s", zBranch);
  }
  if( zTo==0 ){
    db_must_be_within_tree();





    if( !isInternDiff ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(isGDiff);
    }
    zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
    fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();

    verify_all_options();





    if( g.argc>=3 ){

      for(f=2; f<g.argc; ++f){











        diff_one_against_disk(zFrom, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                              diffFlags, g.argv[f]);
      }
    }else{
      diff_all_against_disk(zFrom, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                            diffFlags);
    }
  }else if( zFrom==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("must use --from if --to is present");
  }else{
    db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
    if( !isInternDiff ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(isGDiff);
    }
    zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
    fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
    verify_all_options();
    if( g.argc>=3 ){

      for(f=2; f<g.argc; ++f){
        diff_one_two_versions(zFrom, zTo, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                              diffFlags, g.argv[f]);
      }
    }else{
      diff_all_two_versions(zFrom, zTo, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                            diffFlags);
    }
  }
}

#  define NULL_DEVICE "/dev/null"
#endif

/*
** Used when the name for the diff is unknown.
*/
#define DIFF_NO_NAME  "(unknown)"

/*
** Use the "exec-rel-paths" setting and the --exec-abs-paths and
** --exec-rel-paths command line options to determine whether
** certain external commands are executed using relative paths.
*/
static int determine_exec_relative_option(int force)
{
  static int relativePaths = -1;
  if( force || relativePaths==-1 ){
    int relPathOption = find_option("exec-rel-paths", 0, 0)!=0;
    int absPathOption = find_option("exec-abs-paths", 0, 0)!=0;
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
    relativePaths = db_get_boolean("exec-rel-paths", 1);
#else
    relativePaths = db_get_boolean("exec-rel-paths", 0);
#endif
    if( relPathOption ){ relativePaths = 1; }
    if( absPathOption ){ relativePaths = 0; }
  }
  return relativePaths;
}

/*
** Print the "Index:" message that patches wants to see at the top of a diff.
*/
void diff_print_index(const char *zFile, u64 diffFlags){
  if( (diffFlags & (DIFF_SIDEBYSIDE|DIFF_BRIEF))==0 ){
    char *z = mprintf("Index: %s\n%.66c\n", zFile, '=');
................................................................................
    file_delete(zTemp1);
    file_delete(zTemp2);
    blob_reset(&cmd);
  }
}

/*
** Do a diff against a single file named in zFile from version zFrom
** against the same file on disk.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_one_against_disk(
  const char *zFrom,        /* Version tag for the "before" file */
  const char *zDiffCmd,     /* Use this "diff" command */
  const char *zBinGlob,     /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary,       /* Include binary files for external diff */
  u64 diffFlags,            /* Diff control flags */
  const char *zFile         /* Name of the file to be diffed */
){
  Blob fname;
  Blob content;
  int isLink;
  int isBin;
  file_tree_name(zFile, &fname, 0, 1);
  historical_version_of_file(zFrom, blob_str(&fname), &content, &isLink, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin, 0);
  if( !isLink != !file_wd_islink(zFrom) ){
    fossil_print("%s",DIFF_CANNOT_COMPUTE_SYMLINK);
  }else{
    diff_file(&content, isBin, zFile, zFile,
              zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
  }
  blob_reset(&content);
  blob_reset(&fname);
}

/*
................................................................................
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zPathname = db_column_text(&q,0);
    int isDeleted = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    int isChnged = db_column_int(&q,2);
    int isNew = db_column_int(&q,3);
    int srcid = db_column_int(&q, 4);
    int isLink = db_column_int(&q, 5);

    const char *zFullName;
    int showDiff = 1;
    Blob fname;

    if( determine_exec_relative_option(0) ){
      blob_zero(&fname);
      file_relative_name(zPathname, &fname, 1);
    }else{
      blob_set(&fname, g.zLocalRoot);
      blob_append(&fname, zPathname, -1);
    }
    zFullName = blob_str(&fname);
    if( isDeleted ){
      fossil_print("DELETED  %s\n", zPathname);
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; zFullName = NULL_DEVICE; }
    }else if( file_access(zFullName, F_OK) ){
      fossil_print("MISSING  %s\n", zPathname);
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }else if( isNew ){
      fossil_print("ADDED    %s\n", zPathname);
      srcid = 0;
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }else if( isChnged==3 ){
      fossil_print("ADDED_BY_MERGE %s\n", zPathname);
      srcid = 0;
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }else if( isChnged==5 ){
      fossil_print("ADDED_BY_INTEGRATE %s\n", zPathname);
      srcid = 0;
      if( !asNewFile ){ showDiff = 0; }
    }
    if( showDiff ){
      Blob content;
      int isBin;
      if( !isLink != !file_wd_islink(zFullName) ){
        diff_print_index(zPathname, diffFlags);
................................................................................
      }
      isBin = fIncludeBinary ? 0 : looks_like_binary(&content);
      diff_print_index(zPathname, diffFlags);
      diff_file(&content, isBin, zFullName, zPathname, zDiffCmd,
                zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
      blob_reset(&content);
    }
    blob_reset(&fname);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  db_end_transaction(1);  /* ROLLBACK */
}

/*
** Do a diff of a single file named in zFile against the
** version of this file held in the undo buffer.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_one_against_undo(
  const char *zDiffCmd,     /* Use this "diff" command */
  const char *zBinGlob,     /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary,       /* Include binary files for external diff */
  u64 diffFlags,            /* Diff control flags */
  const char *zFile         /* Name of the file to be diffed */
){
  Blob fname;
  Blob content;

  blob_init(&content, 0, 0);
  file_tree_name(zFile, &fname, 0, 1);
  db_blob(&content, "SELECT content FROM undo WHERE pathname=%Q",
                    blob_str(&fname));
  if( blob_size(&content) ){
    diff_file(&content, 0, zFile, zFile,
              zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
  }
  blob_reset(&content);
  blob_reset(&fname);
}

/*
** Run a diff between the undo buffer and files on disk.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_all_against_undo(
  const char *zDiffCmd,     /* Use this diff command.  NULL for built-in */
  const char *zBinGlob,     /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary,       /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  u64 diffFlags             /* Flags controlling diff output */
){
  Stmt q;
  Blob content;
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT pathname, content FROM undo");
  blob_init(&content, 0, 0);
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zFile = (const char*)db_column_text(&q, 0);
    char *zFullName = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zFile);
    db_column_blob(&q, 1, &content);
    diff_file(&content, 0, zFullName, zFile,
              zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary, diffFlags);
    fossil_free(zFullName);
    blob_reset(&content);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** Output the differences between two versions of a single file.
** zFrom and zTo are the check-ins containing the two file versions.
**
** Use the internal diff logic if zDiffCmd is NULL.  Otherwise call the
** command zDiffCmd to do the diffing.
**
** When using an external diff program, zBinGlob contains the GLOB patterns
** for file names to treat as binary.  If fIncludeBinary is zero, these files
** will be skipped in addition to files that may contain binary content.
*/
static void diff_one_two_versions(
  const char *zFrom,            /* Version tag for the "before" file */
  const char *zTo,              /* Version tag for the "after" file */
  const char *zDiffCmd,         /* Use this "diff" command */
  const char *zBinGlob,         /* GLOB pattern for files that are binary */
  int fIncludeBinary,           /* True to show binary files */
  u64 diffFlags,                /* Diff flags */
  const char *zFile             /* Name of the file to be diffed */
){
  char *zName;
  Blob fname;
  Blob v1, v2;
  int isLink1, isLink2;
  int isBin1, isBin2;
  if( diffFlags & DIFF_BRIEF ) return;
  file_tree_name(zFile, &fname, 0, 1);
  zName = blob_str(&fname);
  historical_version_of_file(zFrom, zName, &v1, &isLink1, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin1, 0);
  historical_version_of_file(zTo, zName, &v2, &isLink2, 0,
                             fIncludeBinary ? 0 : &isBin2, 0);
  if( isLink1 != isLink2 ){
    diff_print_filenames(zName, zName, diffFlags);
................................................................................
}

/*
** Return the name of the external diff command, or return NULL if
** no external diff command is defined.
*/
const char *diff_command_external(int guiDiff){
  const char *zDefault;
  const char *zName;

  if( guiDiff ){
#if defined(_WIN32)
    zDefault = "WinDiff.exe";
#else
    zDefault = 0;
................................................................................
**
** Options:
**   --binary PATTERN           Treat files that match the glob PATTERN as binary
**   --branch BRANCH            Show diff of all changes on BRANCH
**   --brief                    Show filenames only
**   --context|-c N             Use N lines of context
**   --diff-binary BOOL         Include binary files when using external commands
**   --exec-abs-paths           Force absolute path names with external commands.
**   --exec-rel-paths           Force relative path names with external commands.
**   --from|-r VERSION          select VERSION as source for the diff
**   --internal|-i              use internal diff logic
**   --side-by-side|-y          side-by-side diff
**   --strip-trailing-cr        Strip trailing CR
**   --tk                       Launch a Tcl/Tk GUI for display
**   --to VERSION               select VERSION as target for the diff
**   --undo                     Diff against the "undo" buffer
**   --unified                  unified diff
**   -v|--verbose               output complete text of added or deleted files
**   -w|--ignore-all-space      Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -W|--width <num>           Width of lines in side-by-side diff
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space Ignore changes to end-of-line whitespace
*/
void diff_cmd(void){
................................................................................
  int verboseFlag;           /* True if -v or --verbose flag is used */
  const char *zFrom;         /* Source version number */
  const char *zTo;           /* Target version number */
  const char *zBranch;       /* Branch to diff */
  const char *zDiffCmd = 0;  /* External diff command. NULL for internal diff */
  const char *zBinGlob = 0;  /* Treat file names matching this as binary */
  int fIncludeBinary = 0;    /* Include binary files for external diff */
  int againstUndo = 0;       /* Diff against files in the undo buffer */
  u64 diffFlags = 0;         /* Flags to control the DIFF */


  if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
    diff_tk("diff", 2);
    return;
  }
  isGDiff = g.argv[1][0]=='g';
  isInternDiff = find_option("internal","i",0)!=0;
  zFrom = find_option("from", "r", 1);
  zTo = find_option("to", 0, 1);
  zBranch = find_option("branch", 0, 1);
  againstUndo = find_option("undo",0,0)!=0;
  diffFlags = diff_options();
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0;
  if( !verboseFlag ){
    verboseFlag = find_option("new-file","N",0)!=0; /* deprecated */
  }
  if( verboseFlag ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;
  if( againstUndo && (zFrom!=0 || zTo!=0 || zBranch!=0) ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot use --undo together with --from or --to or --branch");
  }
  if( zBranch ){
    if( zTo || zFrom ){
      fossil_fatal("cannot use --from or --to with --branch");
    }
    zTo = zBranch;
    zFrom = mprintf("root:%s", zBranch);
  }
  if( zTo==0 || againstUndo ){
    db_must_be_within_tree();
  }else if( zFrom==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("must use --from if --to is present");
  }else{
    db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  }
  if( !isInternDiff ){
    zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(isGDiff);
  }
  zBinGlob = diff_get_binary_glob();
  fIncludeBinary = diff_include_binary_files();
  determine_exec_relative_option(1);
  verify_all_options();
  if( againstUndo ){
    if( db_lget_int("undo_available",0)==0 ){
      fossil_print("No undo or redo is available\n");
      return;
    }
    if( g.argc>=3 ){
      int i;
      for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
        diff_one_against_undo(zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                              diffFlags, g.argv[i]);
      }
    }else{
      diff_all_against_undo(zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                            diffFlags);
    }
  }else if( zTo==0 ){
    if( g.argc>=3 ){
      int i;
      for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
        diff_one_against_disk(zFrom, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                              diffFlags, g.argv[i]);
      }
    }else{
      diff_all_against_disk(zFrom, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                            diffFlags);
    }


  }else{







    if( g.argc>=3 ){
      int i;
      for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
        diff_one_two_versions(zFrom, zTo, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                              diffFlags, g.argv[i]);
      }
    }else{
      diff_all_two_versions(zFrom, zTo, zDiffCmd, zBinGlob, fIncludeBinary,
                            diffFlags);
    }
  }
}

  { "kar",        3, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "latex",      5, "application/x-latex"               },
  { "lha",        3, "application/octet-stream"          },
  { "lsp",        3, "application/x-lisp"                },
  { "lzh",        3, "application/octet-stream"          },
  { "m",          1, "text/plain"                        },
  { "m3u",        3, "audio/x-mpegurl"                   },
  { "man",        3, "application/x-troff-man"           },
  { "markdown",   8, "text/x-markdown"                   },
  { "md",         2, "text/x-markdown"                   },
  { "me",         2, "application/x-troff-me"            },
  { "mesh",       4, "model/mesh"                        },
  { "mid",        3, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "midi",       4, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "mif",        3, "application/x-mif"                 },
................................................................................
  { "mp4",        3, "video/mp4"                         },
  { "mpe",        3, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpeg",       4, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpg",        3, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpga",       4, "audio/mpeg"                        },
  { "ms",         2, "application/x-troff-ms"            },
  { "msh",        3, "model/mesh"                        },

  { "nc",         2, "application/x-netcdf"              },
  { "oda",        3, "application/oda"                   },
  { "odp",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation" },
  { "ods",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet" },
  { "odt",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text" },
  { "ogg",        3, "application/ogg"                   },
  { "ogm",        3, "application/ogg"                   },
................................................................................
**
** The "ckout" CHECKIN is intended for development - to provide a mechanism
** for looking at what a file will look like using the /doc webpage after
** it gets checked in.
**
** The file extension is used to decide how to render the file.
**
** If FILE ends in "/" then names "FILE/index.html", "FILE/index.wiki",
** and "FILE/index.md" are  in that order.  If none of those are found,


** then FILE is completely replaced by "404.md" and tried.  If that is
** not found, then a default 404 screen is generated.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName;                /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The check-in holding the document */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of check-in */
................................................................................
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
  Blob filebody;                    /* Content of the documentation file */
  Blob title;                       /* Document title */
  int nMiss = (-1);                 /* Failed attempts to find the document */
  static const char *const azSuffix[] = {
     "index.html", "index.wiki", "index.md"



  };

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  blob_init(&title, 0, 0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  while( rid==0 && (++nMiss)<=ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
    zName = PD("name", "tip/index.wiki");

    for(i=0; zName[i] && zName[i]!='/'; i++){}
    zCheckin = mprintf("%.*s", i, zName);
    if( fossil_strcmp(zCheckin,"ckout")==0 && db_open_local(0)==0 ){
      zCheckin = "tip";
    }
    if( nMiss==ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
      zName = "404.md";
    }else if( zName[i]==0 ){
      assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<ArraySize(azSuffix) );
      zName = azSuffix[nMiss];

  { "kar",        3, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "latex",      5, "application/x-latex"               },
  { "lha",        3, "application/octet-stream"          },
  { "lsp",        3, "application/x-lisp"                },
  { "lzh",        3, "application/octet-stream"          },
  { "m",          1, "text/plain"                        },
  { "m3u",        3, "audio/x-mpegurl"                   },
  { "man",        3, "text/plain"                        },
  { "markdown",   8, "text/x-markdown"                   },
  { "md",         2, "text/x-markdown"                   },
  { "me",         2, "application/x-troff-me"            },
  { "mesh",       4, "model/mesh"                        },
  { "mid",        3, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "midi",       4, "audio/midi"                        },
  { "mif",        3, "application/x-mif"                 },
................................................................................
  { "mp4",        3, "video/mp4"                         },
  { "mpe",        3, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpeg",       4, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpg",        3, "video/mpeg"                        },
  { "mpga",       4, "audio/mpeg"                        },
  { "ms",         2, "application/x-troff-ms"            },
  { "msh",        3, "model/mesh"                        },
  { "n",          1, "text/plain"                        },
  { "nc",         2, "application/x-netcdf"              },
  { "oda",        3, "application/oda"                   },
  { "odp",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation" },
  { "ods",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet" },
  { "odt",        3, "application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text" },
  { "ogg",        3, "application/ogg"                   },
  { "ogm",        3, "application/ogg"                   },
................................................................................
**
** The "ckout" CHECKIN is intended for development - to provide a mechanism
** for looking at what a file will look like using the /doc webpage after
** it gets checked in.
**
** The file extension is used to decide how to render the file.
**
** If FILE ends in "/" then the names "FILE/index.html", "FILE/index.wiki",
** and "FILE/index.md" are tried in that order.  If the binary was compiled
** with TH1 embedded documentation support and the "th1-docs" setting is
** enabled, the name "FILE/index.th1" is also tried.  If none of those are
** found, then FILE is completely replaced by "404.md" and tried.  If that
** is not found, then a default 404 screen is generated.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName;                /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The check-in holding the document */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of check-in */
................................................................................
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
  Blob filebody;                    /* Content of the documentation file */
  Blob title;                       /* Document title */
  int nMiss = (-1);                 /* Failed attempts to find the document */
  static const char *const azSuffix[] = {
     "index.html", "index.wiki", "index.md"
#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
      , "index.th1"
#endif
  };

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  blob_init(&title, 0, 0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  while( rid==0 && (++nMiss)<=ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
    zName = P("name");
    if( zName==0 || zName[0]==0 ) zName = "tip/index.wiki";
    for(i=0; zName[i] && zName[i]!='/'; i++){}
    zCheckin = mprintf("%.*s", i, zName);
    if( fossil_strcmp(zCheckin,"ckout")==0 && g.localOpen==0 ){
      zCheckin = "tip";
    }
    if( nMiss==ArraySize(azSuffix) ){
      zName = "404.md";
    }else if( zName[i]==0 ){
      assert( nMiss>=0 && nMiss<ArraySize(azSuffix) );
      zName = azSuffix[nMiss];

  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FociCursor *pCur = (FociCursor *)pCursor;
  manifest_destroy(pCur->pMan);
  if( idxNum ){
    pCur->pMan = manifest_get(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
    pCur->iFile = 0;
    manifest_file_rewind(pCur->pMan);
    pCur->pFile = manifest_file_next(pCur->pMan, 0);

  }else{
    pCur->pMan = 0;
    pCur->iFile = 0;
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int fociColumn(
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
  sqlite3_context *ctx,
  int i

  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
){
  FociCursor *pCur = (FociCursor *)pCursor;
  manifest_destroy(pCur->pMan);
  if( idxNum ){
    pCur->pMan = manifest_get(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
    if( pCur->pMan ){
      manifest_file_rewind(pCur->pMan);
      pCur->pFile = manifest_file_next(pCur->pMan, 0);
    }
  }else{
    pCur->pMan = 0;

  }
  pCur->iFile = 0;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

static int fociColumn(
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
  sqlite3_context *ctx,
  int i

  }
}

/*
** Default SSH command
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "plink -ssh -T";
#else
static char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "ssh -e none -T";
#endif

/*
** SSH initialization of the transport layer
*/
int transport_ssh_open(UrlData *pUrlData){
  /* For SSH we need to create and run SSH fossil http
  ** to talk to the remote machine.
  */
  const char *zSsh;  /* The base SSH command */
  Blob zCmd;         /* The SSH command */
  char *zHost;       /* The host name to contact */
  int n;             /* Size of prefix string */

  socket_ssh_resolve_addr(pUrlData);
  zSsh = db_get("ssh-command", zDefaultSshCmd);
  blob_init(&zCmd, zSsh, -1);

  }
}

/*
** Default SSH command
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
static const char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "plink -ssh -T";
#else
static const char zDefaultSshCmd[] = "ssh -e none -T";
#endif

/*
** SSH initialization of the transport layer
*/
int transport_ssh_open(UrlData *pUrlData){
  /* For SSH we need to create and run SSH fossil http
  ** to talk to the remote machine.
  */
  char *zSsh;        /* The base SSH command */
  Blob zCmd;         /* The SSH command */
  char *zHost;       /* The host name to contact */
  int n;             /* Size of prefix string */

  socket_ssh_resolve_addr(pUrlData);
  zSsh = db_get("ssh-command", zDefaultSshCmd);
  blob_init(&zCmd, zSsh, -1);

          fossil_fatal("Missing Node-kind");
        }
        if( strncmp(zKind, "dir", 3)!=0 ){
          if( deltaFlag ){
            Blob deltaSrc;
            Blob target;
            rid = db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM blob WHERE uuid=("
                            " SELECT uuid FROM xfiles"
                            "  WHERE tpath=%Q AND tbranch=%d"
                            ")", zFile, branchId);
            content_get(rid, &deltaSrc);
            svn_apply_svndiff(&rec.content, &deltaSrc, &target);
            rid = content_put(&target);
          }else{
            rid = content_put(&rec.content);

          fossil_fatal("Missing Node-kind");
        }
        if( strncmp(zKind, "dir", 3)!=0 ){
          if( deltaFlag ){
            Blob deltaSrc;
            Blob target;
            rid = db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM blob WHERE uuid=("
                            " SELECT tuuid FROM xfiles"
                            "  WHERE tpath=%Q AND tbranch=%d"
                            ")", zFile, branchId);
            content_get(rid, &deltaSrc);
            svn_apply_svndiff(&rec.content, &deltaSrc, &target);
            rid = content_put(&target);
          }else{
            rid = content_put(&rec.content);

  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "Line Numbers",
                          "%R/info/%s%s",zUuid,
                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?txt=1&ln=0"));
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"
................................................................................
    }
    return 0;
  }
  while( fossil_isspace(zB[0]) ) zB++;
  while( fossil_isspace(zA[0]) ) zA++;
  return zA[0]==0 && zB[0]==0;
}




























































































































/*
** WEBPAGE: ci_edit
** URL:  /ci_edit?r=RID&c=NEWCOMMENT&u=NEWUSER
**
** Present a dialog for updating properties of a check-in.
**
................................................................................
  zNewBrFlag = P("newbr") ? " checked" : "";
  zNewBranch = PDT("brname","");
  zCloseFlag = P("close") ? " checked" : "";
  zHideFlag = P("hide") ? " checked" : "";
  if( P("apply") ){
    Blob ctrl;
    char *zNow;
    int nChng = 0;

    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    blob_zero(&ctrl);
    zNow = date_in_standard_format(zChngTime ? zChngTime : "now");
    blob_appendf(&ctrl, "D %s\n", zNow);
    db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE newtags(tag UNIQUE, prefix, value)");
    if( zNewColor[0]
     && (fPropagateColor!=fNewPropagateColor
             || fossil_strcmp(zColor,zNewColor)!=0)
    ){
      char *zPrefix = "+";
      if( fNewPropagateColor ){
        zPrefix = "*";
      }
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('bgcolor',%Q,%Q)",
                    zPrefix, zNewColor);
    }
    if( zNewColor[0]==0 && zColor[0]!=0 ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('bgcolor','-',NULL)");
    }
    if( comment_compare(zComment,zNewComment)==0 ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('comment','+',%Q)",
                    zNewComment);
    }
    if( fossil_strcmp(zDate,zNewDate)!=0 ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('date','+',%Q)",
                    zNewDate);
    }
    if( fossil_strcmp(zUser,zNewUser)!=0 ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('user','+',%Q)", zNewUser);
    }
    db_prepare(&q,
       "SELECT tag.tagid, tagname FROM tagxref, tag"
       " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid",
       rid
    );
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      int tagid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
      const char *zTag = db_column_text(&q, 1);
      char zLabel[30];
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLabel), zLabel, "c%d", tagid);
      if( P(zLabel) ){
        db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES(%Q,'-',NULL)", zTag);
      }
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    if( zHideFlag[0] ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('hidden','*',NULL)");
    }
    if( zCloseFlag[0] ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('closed','%s',NULL)",
          is_a_leaf(rid)?"+":"*");
    }
    if( zNewTagFlag[0] && zNewTag[0] ){
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('sym-%q','+',NULL)", zNewTag);
    }
    if( zNewBrFlag[0] && zNewBranch[0] ){
      db_multi_exec(
        "REPLACE INTO newtags "
        " SELECT tagname, '-', NULL FROM tagxref, tag"
        "  WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype==2"
        "    AND tagname GLOB 'sym-*'"
        "    AND tag.tagid=tagxref.tagid",
        rid
      );
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('branch','*',%Q)", zNewBranch);
      db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('sym-%q','*',NULL)",
                    zNewBranch);
    }
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT tag, prefix, value FROM newtags"
                   " ORDER BY prefix || tag");
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zTag = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      const char *zPrefix = db_column_text(&q, 1);
      const char *zValue = db_column_text(&q, 2);
      nChng++;
      if( zValue ){
        blob_appendf(&ctrl, "T %s%F %s %F\n", zPrefix, zTag, zUuid, zValue);
      }else{
        blob_appendf(&ctrl, "T %s%F %s\n", zPrefix, zTag, zUuid);
      }
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    if( nChng>0 ){
      int nrid;
      Blob cksum;
      blob_appendf(&ctrl, "U %F\n", login_name());
      md5sum_blob(&ctrl, &cksum);
      blob_appendf(&ctrl, "Z %b\n", &cksum);
      db_begin_transaction();
      g.markPrivate = content_is_private(rid);
      nrid = content_put(&ctrl);
      manifest_crosslink(nrid, &ctrl, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS);
      assert( blob_is_reset(&ctrl) );
      db_end_transaction(0);
    }

    cgi_redirectf("ci?name=%s", zUuid);
  }
  blob_zero(&comment);
  blob_append(&comment, zNewComment, -1);
  zUuid[10] = 0;
  style_header("Edit Check-in [%s]", zUuid);
  /*
................................................................................
  @ <input type="submit" name="apply" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <input type="submit" name="cancel" value="Cancel" />
  @ </td></tr>
  @ </table>
  @ </div></form>
  style_footer();
}

  if( (objType & (OBJTYPE_WIKI|OBJTYPE_TICKET))!=0 ){
    style_submenu_element("Parsed", "Parsed", "%R/info/%s", zUuid);
  }
  if( descOnly ){
    style_submenu_element("Content", "Content", "%R/artifact/%s", zUuid);
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("Line Numbers", "Line Numbers",
                          "%R/artifact/%s%s",zUuid,
                          ((zLn&&*zLn) ? "" : "?txt=1&ln=0"));
    @ <hr />
    content_get(rid, &content);
    if( renderAsWiki ){
      wiki_render_by_mimetype(&content, zMime);
    }else if( renderAsHtml ){
      @ <iframe src="%R/raw/%T(blob_str(&downloadName))?name=%s(zUuid)"
................................................................................
    }
    return 0;
  }
  while( fossil_isspace(zB[0]) ) zB++;
  while( fossil_isspace(zA[0]) ) zA++;
  return zA[0]==0 && zB[0]==0;
}

/*
** The following methods operate on the newtags temporary table
** that is used to collect various changes to be added to a control
** artifact for a check-in edit.
*/
static void init_newtags(void){
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE newtags(tag UNIQUE, prefix, value)");
}

static void change_special(
  const char *zName,    /* Name of the special tag */
  const char *zOp,      /* Operation prefix (e.g. +,-,*) */
  const char *zValue    /* Value of the tag */
){
  db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES(%Q,'%q',%Q)", zName, zOp, zValue);
}

static void change_sym_tag(const char *zTag, const char *zOp){
  db_multi_exec("REPLACE INTO newtags VALUES('sym-%q',%Q,NULL)", zTag, zOp);
}

static void cancel_special(const char *zTag){
  change_special(zTag,"-",0);
}

static void add_color(const char *zNewColor, int fPropagateColor){
  change_special("bgcolor",fPropagateColor ? "*" : "+", zNewColor);
}

static void cancel_color(void){
  change_special("bgcolor","-",0);
}

static void add_comment(const char *zNewComment){
  change_special("comment","+",zNewComment);
}

static void add_date(const char *zNewDate){
  change_special("date","+",zNewDate);
}

static void add_user(const char *zNewUser){
  change_special("user","+",zNewUser);
}

static void add_tag(const char *zNewTag){
  change_sym_tag(zNewTag,"+");
}

static void cancel_tag(int rid, const char *zCancelTag){
  if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tagxref, tag"
                " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype>0"
                "   AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid AND tagname='sym-%q'",
                rid, zCancelTag)
  ) change_sym_tag(zCancelTag,"-");
}

static void hide_branch(void){
  change_special("hidden","*",0);
}

static void close_leaf(int rid){
  change_special("closed",is_a_leaf(rid)?"+":"*",0);
}

static void change_branch(int rid, const char *zNewBranch){
  db_multi_exec(
    "REPLACE INTO newtags "
    " SELECT tagname, '-', NULL FROM tagxref, tag"
    "  WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype==2"
    "    AND tagname GLOB 'sym-*'"
    "    AND tag.tagid=tagxref.tagid",
    rid
  );
  change_special("branch","*",zNewBranch);
  change_sym_tag(zNewBranch,"*");
}

/*
** The apply_newtags method is called after all newtags have been added
** and the control artifact is completed and then written to the DB.
*/
static void apply_newtags(Blob *ctrl, int rid, const char *zUuid){
  Stmt q;
  int nChng = 0;

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT tag, prefix, value FROM newtags"
                 " ORDER BY prefix || tag");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zTag = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zPrefix = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zValue = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    nChng++;
    if( zValue ){
      blob_appendf(ctrl, "T %s%F %s %F\n", zPrefix, zTag, zUuid, zValue);
    }else{
      blob_appendf(ctrl, "T %s%F %s\n", zPrefix, zTag, zUuid);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( nChng>0 ){
    int nrid;
    Blob cksum;
    blob_appendf(ctrl, "U %F\n", login_name());
    md5sum_blob(ctrl, &cksum);
    blob_appendf(ctrl, "Z %b\n", &cksum);
    db_begin_transaction();
    g.markPrivate = content_is_private(rid);
    nrid = content_put(ctrl);
    manifest_crosslink(nrid, ctrl, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS);
    assert( blob_is_reset(ctrl) );
    db_end_transaction(0);
  }
}

/*
** This method checks that the date can be parsed.
** Returns 1 if datetime() can validate, 0 otherwise.
*/
int is_datetime(const char* zDate){
  return db_int(0, "SELECT datetime(%Q) NOT NULL", zDate);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: ci_edit
** URL:  /ci_edit?r=RID&c=NEWCOMMENT&u=NEWUSER
**
** Present a dialog for updating properties of a check-in.
**
................................................................................
  zNewBrFlag = P("newbr") ? " checked" : "";
  zNewBranch = PDT("brname","");
  zCloseFlag = P("close") ? " checked" : "";
  zHideFlag = P("hide") ? " checked" : "";
  if( P("apply") ){
    Blob ctrl;
    char *zNow;


    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    blob_zero(&ctrl);
    zNow = date_in_standard_format(zChngTime ? zChngTime : "now");
    blob_appendf(&ctrl, "D %s\n", zNow);
    init_newtags();
    if( zNewColor[0]
     && (fPropagateColor!=fNewPropagateColor
             || fossil_strcmp(zColor,zNewColor)!=0)


    ) add_color(zNewColor,fNewPropagateColor);





    if( zNewColor[0]==0 && zColor[0]!=0 ) cancel_color();


    if( comment_compare(zComment,zNewComment)==0 ) add_comment(zNewComment);



    if( fossil_strcmp(zDate,zNewDate)!=0 ) add_date(zNewDate);



    if( fossil_strcmp(zUser,zNewUser)!=0 ) add_user(zNewUser);


    db_prepare(&q,
       "SELECT tag.tagid, tagname FROM tagxref, tag"
       " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid",
       rid
    );
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      int tagid = db_column_int(&q, 0);
      const char *zTag = db_column_text(&q, 1);
      char zLabel[30];
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLabel), zLabel, "c%d", tagid);
      if( P(zLabel) ) cancel_special(zTag);

    }

    db_finalize(&q);
    if( zHideFlag[0] ) hide_branch();


    if( zCloseFlag[0] ) close_leaf(rid);



    if( zNewTagFlag[0] && zNewTag[0] ) add_tag(zNewTag);


    if( zNewBrFlag[0] && zNewBranch[0] ) change_branch(rid,zNewBranch);







































    apply_newtags(&ctrl, rid, zUuid);
    cgi_redirectf("ci?name=%s", zUuid);
  }
  blob_zero(&comment);
  blob_append(&comment, zNewComment, -1);
  zUuid[10] = 0;
  style_header("Edit Check-in [%s]", zUuid);
  /*
................................................................................
  @ <input type="submit" name="apply" value="Apply Changes" />
  @ <input type="submit" name="cancel" value="Cancel" />
  @ </td></tr>
  @ </table>
  @ </div></form>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** Prepare an ammended commit comment.  Let the user modify it using the
** editor specified in the global_config table or either
** the VISUAL or EDITOR environment variable.
**
** Store the final commit comment in pComment.  pComment is assumed
** to be uninitialized - any prior content is overwritten.
**
** Use zInit to initialize the check-in comment so that the user does
** not have to retype.
*/
static void prepare_amend_comment(
  Blob *pComment,
  const char *zInit,
  const char *zUuid
){
  Blob prompt;
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
  int bomSize;
  const unsigned char *bom = get_utf8_bom(&bomSize);
  blob_init(&prompt, (const char *) bom, bomSize);
  if( zInit && zInit[0]){
    blob_append(&prompt, zInit, -1);
  }
#else
  blob_init(&prompt, zInit, -1);
#endif
  blob_append(&prompt, "\n# Enter a new comment for check-in ", -1);
  if( zUuid && zUuid[0] ){
    blob_append(&prompt, zUuid, -1);
  }
  blob_append(&prompt, ".\n# Lines beginning with a # are ignored.\n", -1);
  prompt_for_user_comment(pComment, &prompt);
  blob_reset(&prompt);
}

#define AMEND_USAGE_STMT "UUID OPTION ?OPTION ...?"
/*
** COMMAND: amend
**
** Usage: %fossil amend UUID OPTION ?OPTION ...?
**
** Amend the tags on check-in UUID to change how it displays in the timeline.
**
** Options:
**
**    --author USER           Make USER the author for check-in
**    -m|--comment COMMENT    Make COMMENT the check-in comment
**    -M|--message-file FILE  Read the amended comment from FILE
**    --edit-comment          Launch editor to revise comment
**    --date DATE             Make DATE the check-in time
**    --bgcolor COLOR         Apply COLOR to this check-in
**    --branchcolor COLOR     Apply and propagate COLOR to the branch
**    --tag TAG               Add new TAG to this check-in
**    --cancel TAG            Cancel TAG from this check-in
**    --branch NAME           Make this check-in the start of branch NAME
**    --hide                  Hide branch starting from this check-in
**    --close                 Mark this "leaf" as closed
*/
void ci_amend_cmd(void){
  int rid;
  const char *zComment;         /* Current comment on the check-in */
  const char *zNewComment;      /* Revised check-in comment */
  const char *zComFile;         /* Filename from which to read comment */
  const char *zUser;            /* Current user for the check-in */
  const char *zNewUser;         /* Revised user */
  const char *zDate;            /* Current date of the check-in */
  const char *zNewDate;         /* Revised check-in date */
  const char *zColor;
  const char *zNewColor;
  const char *zNewBrColor;
  const char *zNewBranch;
  const char **pzNewTags = 0;
  const char **pzCancelTags = 0;
  int fClose;                   /* True if leaf should be closed */
  int fHide;                    /* True if branch should be hidden */
  int fPropagateColor;          /* True if color propagates before amend */
  int fNewPropagateColor = 0;   /* True if color propagates after amend */
  int fHasHidden = 0;           /* True if hidden tag already set */
  int fHasClosed = 0;           /* True if closed tag already set */
  int fEditComment;             /* True if editor to be used for comment */
  const char *zChngTime;        /* The change time on the control artifact */
  const char *zUuid;
  Blob ctrl;
  Blob comment;
  char *zNow;
  int nTags, nCancels;
  int i;
  Stmt q;

  if( g.argc==3 ) usage(AMEND_USAGE_STMT);
  fEditComment = find_option("edit-comment",0,0)!=0;
  zNewComment = find_option("comment","m",1);
  zComFile = find_option("message-file","M",1);
  zNewBranch = find_option("branch",0,1);
  zNewColor = find_option("bgcolor",0,1);
  zNewBrColor = find_option("branchcolor",0,1);
  if( zNewBrColor ){
    zNewColor = zNewBrColor;
    fNewPropagateColor = 1;
  }
  zNewDate = find_option("date",0,1);
  zNewUser = find_option("author",0,1);
  pzNewTags = find_repeatable_option("tag",0,&nTags);
  pzCancelTags = find_repeatable_option("cancel",0,&nCancels);
  fClose = find_option("close",0,0)!=0;
  fHide = find_option("hide",0,0)!=0;
  zChngTime = find_option("chngtime",0,1);
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  user_select();
  verify_all_options();
  if( g.argc<3 || g.argc>=4 ) usage(AMEND_USAGE_STMT);
  rid = name_to_typed_rid(g.argv[2], "ci");
  if( rid==0 && !is_a_version(rid) ) fossil_fatal("no such check-in");
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
  if( zUuid==0 ) fossil_fatal("Unable to find UUID");
  zComment = db_text(0, "SELECT coalesce(ecomment,comment)"
                        "  FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  zUser = db_text(0, "SELECT coalesce(euser,user)"
                     "  FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  zDate = db_text(0, "SELECT datetime(mtime)"
                     "  FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  zColor = db_text("", "SELECT bgcolor"
                        "  FROM event WHERE objid=%d", rid);
  fPropagateColor = db_int(0, "SELECT tagtype FROM tagxref"
                              " WHERE rid=%d AND tagid=%d",
                              rid, TAG_BGCOLOR)==2;
  fNewPropagateColor = zNewColor && zNewColor[0]
                        ? fNewPropagateColor : fPropagateColor;
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT tag.tagid FROM tagxref, tag"
     " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid",
     rid
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int tagid = db_column_int(&q, 0);

    if( tagid == TAG_CLOSED ){
      fHasClosed = 1;
    }else if( tagid==TAG_HIDDEN ){
      fHasHidden = 1;
    }else{
      continue;
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  blob_zero(&ctrl);
  zNow = date_in_standard_format(zChngTime && zChngTime[0] ? zChngTime : "now");
  blob_appendf(&ctrl, "D %s\n", zNow);
  init_newtags();
  if( zNewColor && zNewColor[0]
      && (fPropagateColor!=fNewPropagateColor
            || fossil_strcmp(zColor,zNewColor)!=0)
  ){
    add_color(
      mprintf("%s%s", (zNewColor[0]!='#' &&
        validate16(zNewColor,strlen(zNewColor)) &&
        (strlen(zNewColor)==6 || strlen(zNewColor)==3)) ? "#" : "",
        zNewColor
      ),
      fNewPropagateColor
    );
  }
  if( (zNewColor!=0 && zNewColor[0]==0) && (zColor && zColor[0] ) ){
    cancel_color();
  }
  if( fEditComment ){
    prepare_amend_comment(&comment, zComment, zUuid);
    zNewComment = blob_str(&comment);
  }else if( zComFile ){
    blob_zero(&comment);
    blob_read_from_file(&comment, zComFile);
    blob_to_utf8_no_bom(&comment, 1);
    zNewComment = blob_str(&comment);
  }
  if( zNewComment && zNewComment[0]
      && comment_compare(zComment,zNewComment)==0 ) add_comment(zNewComment);
  if( zNewDate && zNewDate[0] && fossil_strcmp(zDate,zNewDate)!=0 ){
    if( is_datetime(zNewDate) ){
      add_date(zNewDate);
    }else{
      fossil_fatal("Unsupported date format, use YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS");
    }
  }
  if( zNewUser && zNewUser[0] && fossil_strcmp(zUser,zNewUser)!=0 ){
    add_user(zNewUser);
  }
  if( pzNewTags!=0 ){
    for(i=0; i<nTags; i++){
      if( pzNewTags[i] && pzNewTags[i][0] ) add_tag(pzNewTags[i]);
    }
    fossil_free(pzNewTags);
  }
  if( pzCancelTags!=0 ){
    for(i=0; i<nCancels; i++){
      if( pzCancelTags[i] && pzCancelTags[i][0] )
        cancel_tag(rid,pzCancelTags[i]);
    }
    fossil_free(pzCancelTags);
  }
  if( fHide && !fHasHidden ) hide_branch();
  if( fClose && !fHasClosed ) close_leaf(rid);
  if( zNewBranch && zNewBranch[0] ) change_branch(rid,zNewBranch);
  apply_newtags(&ctrl, rid, zUuid);
  show_common_info(rid, "uuid:", 1, 0);
}

*/
void json_main_bootstrap(){
  cson_value * v;
  assert( (NULL == g.json.gc.v) &&
          "json_main_bootstrap() was called twice!" );

  g.json.timerId = fossil_timer_start();
  
  /* g.json.gc is our "garbage collector" - where we put JSON values
     which need a long lifetime but don't have a logical parent to put
     them in.
  */
  v = cson_value_new_array();
  g.json.gc.v = v;
  g.json.gc.a = cson_value_get_array(v);

*/
void json_main_bootstrap(){
  cson_value * v;
  assert( (NULL == g.json.gc.v) &&
          "json_main_bootstrap() was called twice!" );

  g.json.timerId = fossil_timer_start();

  /* g.json.gc is our "garbage collector" - where we put JSON values
     which need a long lifetime but don't have a logical parent to put
     them in.
  */
  v = cson_value_new_array();
  g.json.gc.v = v;
  g.json.gc.a = cson_value_get_array(v);

           "       (fid==0) AS isdel,"
           "       (SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=mlink.fnid) AS name,"
           "       blob.uuid as uuid,"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=pid) as parent,"
           "       blob.size as size"
           "  FROM mlink, blob"
           " WHERE mid=%d AND pid!=fid"
           " AND blob.rid=fid "
           " ORDER BY name /*sort*/",
             rid
             );
  while( (SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&q)) ){
    cson_value * rowV = cson_value_new_object();
    cson_object * row = cson_value_get_object(rowV);
    int const isNew = db_column_int(&q,0);

           "       (fid==0) AS isdel,"
           "       (SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=mlink.fnid) AS name,"
           "       blob.uuid as uuid,"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=pid) as parent,"
           "       blob.size as size"
           "  FROM mlink, blob"
           " WHERE mid=%d AND pid!=fid"
           " AND blob.rid=fid AND NOT mlink.isaux"
           " ORDER BY name /*sort*/",
             rid
             );
  while( (SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&q)) ){
    cson_value * rowV = cson_value_new_object();
    cson_object * row = cson_value_get_object(rowV);
    int const isNew = db_column_int(&q,0);

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "linenoise.h"

#define LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN 100
#define LINENOISE_MAX_LINE 4096
static char *unsupported_term[] = {"dumb","cons25","emacs",NULL};
static linenoiseCompletionCallback *completionCallback = NULL;

static struct termios orig_termios; /* In order to restore at exit.*/
static int rawmode = 0; /* For atexit() function to check if restore is needed*/
static int mlmode = 0;  /* Multi line mode. Default is single line. */
static int atexit_registered = 0; /* Register atexit just 1 time. */
static int history_max_len = LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN;
................................................................................
static void linenoiseAtExit(void);
int linenoiseHistoryAdd(const char *line);
static void refreshLine(struct linenoiseState *l);

/* Debugging macro. */
#if 0
FILE *lndebug_fp = NULL;
#define lndebug(...) \
    do { \
        if (lndebug_fp == NULL) { \
            lndebug_fp = fopen("/tmp/lndebug.txt","a"); \
            fprintf(lndebug_fp, \
            "[%d %d %d] p: %d, rows: %d, rpos: %d, max: %d, oldmax: %d\n", \
            (int)l->len,(int)l->pos,(int)l->oldpos,plen,rows,rpos, \
            (int)l->maxrows,old_rows); \
        } \
        fprintf(lndebug_fp, ", " __VA_ARGS__); \
        fflush(lndebug_fp); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define lndebug(fmt, ...)
#endif

/* ======================= Low level terminal handling ====================== */

/* Set if to use or not the multi line mode. */
void linenoiseSetMultiLine(int ml) {
    mlmode = ml;
................................................................................
        lndebug("go down %d", old_rows-rpos);
        snprintf(seq,64,"\x1b[%dB", old_rows-rpos);
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
    }

    /* Now for every row clear it, go up. */
    for (j = 0; j < old_rows-1; j++) {
        lndebug("clear+up");
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[0K\x1b[1A");
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
    }

    /* Clean the top line. */
    lndebug("clear");
    snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[0K");
    abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));

    /* Write the prompt and the current buffer content */
    abAppend(&ab,l->prompt,strlen(l->prompt));
    abAppend(&ab,l->buf,l->len);

    /* If we are at the very end of the screen with our prompt, we need to
     * emit a newline and move the prompt to the first column. */
    if (l->pos &&
        l->pos == l->len &&
        (l->pos+plen) % l->cols == 0)
    {
        lndebug("<newline>");
        abAppend(&ab,"\n",1);
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r");
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
        rows++;
        if (rows > (int)l->maxrows) l->maxrows = rows;
    }

................................................................................
    lndebug("set col %d", 1+col);
    if (col)
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[%dC", col);
    else
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r");
    abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));

    lndebug("\n");
    l->oldpos = l->pos;

    if (write(fd,ab.b,ab.len) == -1) {} /* Can't recover from write error. */
    abFree(&ab);
}

/* Calls the two low level functions refreshSingleLine() or
................................................................................
        nread = read(STDIN_FILENO,&c,1);
        if (nread <= 0) continue;
        memmove(quit,quit+1,sizeof(quit)-1); /* shift string to left. */
        quit[sizeof(quit)-1] = c; /* Insert current char on the right. */
        if (memcmp(quit,"quit",sizeof(quit)) == 0) break;

        printf("'%c' %02x (%d) (type quit to exit)\n",
            isprint(c) ? c : '?', (int)c, (int)c);
        printf("\r"); /* Go left edge manually, we are in raw mode. */
        fflush(stdout);
    }
    disableRawMode(STDIN_FILENO);
}

/* This function calls the line editing function linenoiseEdit() using

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "linenoise.h"

#define LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN 100
#define LINENOISE_MAX_LINE 4096
static const char *unsupported_term[] = {"dumb","cons25","emacs",NULL};
static linenoiseCompletionCallback *completionCallback = NULL;

static struct termios orig_termios; /* In order to restore at exit.*/
static int rawmode = 0; /* For atexit() function to check if restore is needed*/
static int mlmode = 0;  /* Multi line mode. Default is single line. */
static int atexit_registered = 0; /* Register atexit just 1 time. */
static int history_max_len = LINENOISE_DEFAULT_HISTORY_MAX_LEN;
................................................................................
static void linenoiseAtExit(void);
int linenoiseHistoryAdd(const char *line);
static void refreshLine(struct linenoiseState *l);

/* Debugging macro. */
#if 0
FILE *lndebug_fp = NULL;
#define lndebug(fmt, arg1) \
    do { \
        if (lndebug_fp == NULL) { \
            lndebug_fp = fopen("/tmp/lndebug.txt","a"); \
            fprintf(lndebug_fp, \
            "[%d %d %d] p: %d, rows: %d, rpos: %d, max: %d, oldmax: %d\n", \
            (int)l->len,(int)l->pos,(int)l->oldpos,plen,rows,rpos, \
            (int)l->maxrows,old_rows); \
        } \
        fprintf(lndebug_fp, ", " fmt, arg1); \
        fflush(lndebug_fp); \
    } while (0)
#else
#define lndebug(fmt, arg1)
#endif

/* ======================= Low level terminal handling ====================== */

/* Set if to use or not the multi line mode. */
void linenoiseSetMultiLine(int ml) {
    mlmode = ml;
................................................................................
        lndebug("go down %d", old_rows-rpos);
        snprintf(seq,64,"\x1b[%dB", old_rows-rpos);
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
    }

    /* Now for every row clear it, go up. */
    for (j = 0; j < old_rows-1; j++) {
        lndebug("clear+up", 0);
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[0K\x1b[1A");
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
    }

    /* Clean the top line. */
    lndebug("clear", 0);
    snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[0K");
    abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));

    /* Write the prompt and the current buffer content */
    abAppend(&ab,l->prompt,strlen(l->prompt));
    abAppend(&ab,l->buf,l->len);

    /* If we are at the very end of the screen with our prompt, we need to
     * emit a newline and move the prompt to the first column. */
    if (l->pos &&
        l->pos == l->len &&
        (l->pos+plen) % l->cols == 0)
    {
        lndebug("<newline>", 0);
        abAppend(&ab,"\n",1);
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r");
        abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));
        rows++;
        if (rows > (int)l->maxrows) l->maxrows = rows;
    }

................................................................................
    lndebug("set col %d", 1+col);
    if (col)
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r\x1b[%dC", col);
    else
        snprintf(seq,64,"\r");
    abAppend(&ab,seq,strlen(seq));

    lndebug("\n", 0);
    l->oldpos = l->pos;

    if (write(fd,ab.b,ab.len) == -1) {} /* Can't recover from write error. */
    abFree(&ab);
}

/* Calls the two low level functions refreshSingleLine() or
................................................................................
        nread = read(STDIN_FILENO,&c,1);
        if (nread <= 0) continue;
        memmove(quit,quit+1,sizeof(quit)-1); /* shift string to left. */
        quit[sizeof(quit)-1] = c; /* Insert current char on the right. */
        if (memcmp(quit,"quit",sizeof(quit)) == 0) break;

        printf("'%c' %02x (%d) (type quit to exit)\n",
            isprint((int)c) ? c : '?', (int)c, (int)c);
        printf("\r"); /* Go left edge manually, we are in raw mode. */
        fflush(stdout);
    }
    disableRawMode(STDIN_FILENO);
}

/* This function calls the line editing function linenoiseEdit() using

  char *zSha1Pw = sha1_shared_secret(zPasswd, zUsername, 0);
  int const uid =
      db_int(0,
             "SELECT uid FROM user"
             " WHERE login=%Q"
             "   AND length(cap)>0 AND length(pw)>0"
             "   AND login NOT IN ('anonymous','nobody','developer','reader')"
             "   AND (pw=%Q OR (length(pw)<>40 AND pw=%Q))",


             zUsername, zSha1Pw, zPasswd
             );
  free(zSha1Pw);
  return uid;
}

/*

  char *zSha1Pw = sha1_shared_secret(zPasswd, zUsername, 0);
  int const uid =
      db_int(0,
             "SELECT uid FROM user"
             " WHERE login=%Q"
             "   AND length(cap)>0 AND length(pw)>0"
             "   AND login NOT IN ('anonymous','nobody','developer','reader')"
             "   AND (pw=%Q OR (length(pw)<>40 AND pw=%Q))"
             "   AND (info NOT LIKE '%%expires 20%%'"
             "      OR substr(info,instr(lower(info),'expires')+8,10)>datetime('now'))",
             zUsername, zSha1Pw, zPasswd
             );
  free(zSha1Pw);
  return uid;
}

/*

      zReturn = g.argv[i+hasArg];
      remove_from_argv(i, 1+hasArg);
      break;
    }
  }
  return zReturn;
}



































/*
** Look for a repository command-line option.  If present, [re-]cache it in
** the global state and return the new pointer, freeing any previous value.
** If absent and there is no cached value, return NULL.
*/
const char *find_repository_option(){
................................................................................
    fossil_print("zlib %s, loaded %s\n", ZLIB_VERSION, zlibVersion());
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)
    fossil_print("SSL (%s)\n", SSLeay_version(SSLEAY_VERSION));
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
    fossil_print("LEGACY_MV_RM\n");



#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
    fossil_print("TH1_DOCS\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
    fossil_print("TH1_HOOKS\n");
#endif

      zReturn = g.argv[i+hasArg];
      remove_from_argv(i, 1+hasArg);
      break;
    }
  }
  return zReturn;
}

/*
** Look for multiple occurrences of a command-line option with the
** corresponding argument.
**
** Return a malloc allocated array of pointers to the arguments.
**
** pnUsedArgs is used to store the number of matched arguments.
**
** Caller is responsible to free allocated memory.
*/
const char **find_repeatable_option(
  const char *zLong,
  const char *zShort,
  int *pnUsedArgs
){
  const char *zOption;
  const char **pzArgs = 0;
  int nAllocArgs = 0;
  int nUsedArgs = 0;

  while( (zOption = find_option(zLong, zShort, 1))!=0 ){
    if( pzArgs==0 && nAllocArgs==0 ){
      nAllocArgs = 1;
      pzArgs = fossil_malloc( nAllocArgs*sizeof(pzArgs[0]) );
    }else if( nAllocArgs<=nUsedArgs ){
      nAllocArgs = nAllocArgs*2;
      pzArgs = fossil_realloc( pzArgs, nAllocArgs*sizeof(pzArgs[0]) );
    }
    pzArgs[nUsedArgs++] = zOption;
  }
  *pnUsedArgs = nUsedArgs;
  return pzArgs;
}

/*
** Look for a repository command-line option.  If present, [re-]cache it in
** the global state and return the new pointer, freeing any previous value.
** If absent and there is no cached value, return NULL.
*/
const char *find_repository_option(){
................................................................................
    fossil_print("zlib %s, loaded %s\n", ZLIB_VERSION, zlibVersion());
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)
    fossil_print("SSL (%s)\n", SSLeay_version(SSLEAY_VERSION));
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
    fossil_print("LEGACY_MV_RM\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
    fossil_print("EXEC_REL_PATHS\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
    fossil_print("TH1_DOCS\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
    fossil_print("TH1_HOOKS\n");
#endif

                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB



# Setup the options used to compile the included SQLite shell.
SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
                -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) \
                -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open

                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5

# Setup the options used to compile the included SQLite shell.
SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
                -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) \
                -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open

  -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4
  -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB


}
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS=4096

# Options used to compile the included SQLite shell.
................................................................................
# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#





#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1





#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Os -Wall

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g








endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif







# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
FOSSIL_BUILD_ZLIB = 1
!endif

# Link everything except SQLite dynamically?
!ifndef FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD = 0
!endif






# Enable the JSON API?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON = 0
!endif

# Enable legacy treatment of the mv/rm commands?
................................................................................

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
LIBS      = $(LIBS) $(SSLLIB)
LIBDIR    = $(LIBDIR) /LIBPATH:$(SSLLIBDIR)
!endif






!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)!=0

  -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4
  -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1
  -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5
}
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI
#lappend SQLITE_OPTIONS -DSQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS=4096

# Options used to compile the included SQLite shell.
................................................................................
# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#
# Some of the special options which can be passed to make
#   USE_WINDOWS=1    if building under a windows command prompt
#   X64=1            if using an unprefixed 64-bit mingw compiler
#

#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1

#### Enable relative paths in external diff/gdiff
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS = 1

#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Wall







#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g
else
TCC += -Os
endif

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif

# With relative paths in external diff/gdiff
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
endif

# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
FOSSIL_BUILD_ZLIB = 1
!endif

# Link everything except SQLite dynamically?
!ifndef FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD = 0
!endif

# Enable relative paths in external diff/gdiff?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS = 0
!endif

# Enable the JSON API?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON = 0
!endif

# Enable legacy treatment of the mv/rm commands?
................................................................................

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
LIBS      = $(LIBS) $(SSLLIB)
LIBDIR    = $(LIBDIR) /LIBPATH:$(SSLLIBDIR)
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)!=0

# Markdown formatting rules

In addition to its native Wiki formatting syntax, Fossil supports Markdown syntax as specified by 
[John Gruber's original Markdown implementation](http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/). 
For lots of examples - not repeated here - please refer to its 
[syntax description](http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax), of which the page you
are reading is an extract.

This page itself uses Markdown formatting.

## Summary

  - Block elements

      * A **paragraph** is a group of consecutive lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines.

      * A **Header** is a line of text underlined with equal signs or hyphens, or prefixed by a 
        number of hash marks.

      * **Block quotes** are blocks of text prefixed by '>'.

      * **Ordered list** items are prefixed by a number and a period. **Unordered list** items
        are prefixed by a hyphen, asterisk or plus sign. Prefix and item text are separated by
        whitespace. 

      * **Code blocks** are formed by lines of text (possibly including empty lines) prefixed by
        at least 4 spaces or a tab.

      * A **horizontal rule** is a line consisting of 3 or more asterisks, hyphens or underscores,
        with optional whitespace between them.

................................................................................
  - Span elements

      * 3 types of **links** exist:

        - **automatic links** are URLs or email addresses enclosed in angle brackets
          ('<' and '>'), and are displayed as such.

        - **inline links** consist of the displayed link text in square brackets ('[' and ']'), 
          followed by the link target in parentheses. 

        - **reference links** separate _link instance_ from _link definition_. A link instance 
          consists of the displayed link text in square brackets, followed by a link definition name 
          in square brackets. 
          The corresponding link definition can occur anywhere on the page, and consists
          of the link definition name in square brackets followed by a colon, whitespace and the 
          link target.

      * **Emphasis** can be given by wrapping text in one or two asterisks or underscores - use
        one for HTML `<em>`, and two for `<strong>` emphasis.

      * A **code span** is text wrapped in backticks ('`').

      * **Images** use a syntax much like inline or reference links, but with alt attribute text 
        ('img alt=...') instead of link text, and the first pair of square
        brackets in an image instance prefixed by an exclamation mark.

  - **Inline HTML** is mostly interpreted automatically.

  - **Escaping** Markdown punctuation characters is done by prefixing them by a backslash ('\\').

................................................................................
level.

### Block quotes

Not every line in a paragraph needs to be prefixed by '>' in order to make it a block quote,
only the first line.

Block quoted paragraphs can be nested by using multiple '>' characters as prefix. 

Within a block quote, Markdown formatting (e.g. lists, emphasis) still works as normal.

### Lists

A list item prefix need not occur first on its line; up to 3 leading spaces are allowed
(4 spaces would make a code block out of the following text).

For unordered lists, asterisks, hyphens and plus signs can be used interchangeably.

For ordered lists, arbitrary numbers can be used as part of an item prefix; the items will be 
renumbered during rendering. However, future implementations may demand that the number used 
for the first item in a list indicates an offset to be used for subsequent items.

For list items spanning multiple lines, subsequent lines can be indented using an arbitrary amount
of whitespace.

List items will be wrapped in HTML `<p>` tags if they are separated by blank lines.

A list item may span multiple paragraphs. At least the first line of each such paragraph must 
be indented using at least 4 spaces or a tab character.

Block quotes within list items must have their '>' delimiters indented using 4 up to 7 spaces.

Code blocks within list items need to be indented _twice_, that is, using 8 spaces or 2 tab
characters.

................................................................................

Regular Markdown syntax is not processed within code blocks.

### Links

#### Automatic links

When rendering automatic links to email addresses, HTML encoding obfuscation is used to 
prevent some spambots from harvesting.

#### Inline links

Links to resources on the same server can use relative paths (i.e. can start with a '/').

An optional title for the link (e.g. to have mouseover text in the browser) may be given behind 
the link target but within the parentheses, in single and double quotes, and separated from the 
link target by whitespace. 

#### Reference links

> Each reference link consists of 
>
>   - one or more _link instances_ at appropriate locations in the page text
>   - a single _link definition_ at an arbitrary location on the page
> 
> During rendering, each link instance is resolved, and the corresponding definition is
> filled in. No separate link definition clauses occur in the rendered output.
> 
> There are 3 fields involved in link instances and definitions:
>
>   - link text (i.e. the text that is displayed at the resulting link)
>   - link definition name (i.e. an unique ID binding link instances to link definition)
>   - link target (a target URL for the link)

Multiple link instances may reference the same link definition using its link definition
................................................................................
side of emphasis start or end punctuation characters.

### Code spans

To include a literal backtick character in a code span, use multiple backticks as opening and
closing delimiters.

Whitespace may exist immediately after the opening delimiter and before the closing delimiter 
of a code span, to allow for code fragments starting or ending with a backtick.

Within a code span - like within a code block - angle brackets and ampersands are automatically encoded to make including
HTML fragments easier.

### Images

If necessary, HTML must be used to specify image dimensions. Markdown has no provision for this.

### Inline HTML

Start and end tags of 
a HTML block level construct (`<div>`, `<table>` etc) must be separated from surrounding
context using blank lines, and must both occur at the start of a line.

No extra unwanted `<p>` HTML tags are added around HTML block level tags.

Markdown formatting within HTML block level tags is not processed; however, formatting within 
span level tags (e.g. `<mark>`) is processed normally.

### Escaping Markdown punctuation

The following punctuation characters can be escaped using backslash:

  - \\   backslash

# Markdown formatting rules

In addition to its native Wiki formatting syntax, Fossil supports Markdown syntax as specified by
[John Gruber's original Markdown implementation](http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/).
For lots of examples - not repeated here - please refer to its
[syntax description](http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax), of which the page you
are reading is an extract.

This page itself uses Markdown formatting.

## Summary

  - Block elements

      * A **paragraph** is a group of consecutive lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines.

      * A **Header** is a line of text underlined with equal signs or hyphens, or prefixed by a
        number of hash marks.

      * **Block quotes** are blocks of text prefixed by '>'.

      * **Ordered list** items are prefixed by a number and a period. **Unordered list** items
        are prefixed by a hyphen, asterisk or plus sign. Prefix and item text are separated by
        whitespace.

      * **Code blocks** are formed by lines of text (possibly including empty lines) prefixed by
        at least 4 spaces or a tab.

      * A **horizontal rule** is a line consisting of 3 or more asterisks, hyphens or underscores,
        with optional whitespace between them.

................................................................................
  - Span elements

      * 3 types of **links** exist:

        - **automatic links** are URLs or email addresses enclosed in angle brackets
          ('<' and '>'), and are displayed as such.

        - **inline links** consist of the displayed link text in square brackets ('[' and ']'),
          followed by the link target in parentheses.

        - **reference links** separate _link instance_ from _link definition_. A link instance
          consists of the displayed link text in square brackets, followed by a link definition name
          in square brackets.
          The corresponding link definition can occur anywhere on the page, and consists
          of the link definition name in square brackets followed by a colon, whitespace and the
          link target.

      * **Emphasis** can be given by wrapping text in one or two asterisks or underscores - use
        one for HTML `<em>`, and two for `<strong>` emphasis.

      * A **code span** is text wrapped in backticks ('`').

      * **Images** use a syntax much like inline or reference links, but with alt attribute text
        ('img alt=...') instead of link text, and the first pair of square
        brackets in an image instance prefixed by an exclamation mark.

  - **Inline HTML** is mostly interpreted automatically.

  - **Escaping** Markdown punctuation characters is done by prefixing them by a backslash ('\\').

................................................................................
level.

### Block quotes

Not every line in a paragraph needs to be prefixed by '>' in order to make it a block quote,
only the first line.

Block quoted paragraphs can be nested by using multiple '>' characters as prefix.

Within a block quote, Markdown formatting (e.g. lists, emphasis) still works as normal.

### Lists

A list item prefix need not occur first on its line; up to 3 leading spaces are allowed
(4 spaces would make a code block out of the following text).

For unordered lists, asterisks, hyphens and plus signs can be used interchangeably.

For ordered lists, arbitrary numbers can be used as part of an item prefix; the items will be
renumbered during rendering. However, future implementations may demand that the number used
for the first item in a list indicates an offset to be used for subsequent items.

For list items spanning multiple lines, subsequent lines can be indented using an arbitrary amount
of whitespace.

List items will be wrapped in HTML `<p>` tags if they are separated by blank lines.

A list item may span multiple paragraphs. At least the first line of each such paragraph must
be indented using at least 4 spaces or a tab character.

Block quotes within list items must have their '>' delimiters indented using 4 up to 7 spaces.

Code blocks within list items need to be indented _twice_, that is, using 8 spaces or 2 tab
characters.

................................................................................

Regular Markdown syntax is not processed within code blocks.

### Links

#### Automatic links

When rendering automatic links to email addresses, HTML encoding obfuscation is used to
prevent some spambots from harvesting.

#### Inline links

Links to resources on the same server can use relative paths (i.e. can start with a '/').

An optional title for the link (e.g. to have mouseover text in the browser) may be given behind
the link target but within the parentheses, in single and double quotes, and separated from the
link target by whitespace.

#### Reference links

> Each reference link consists of
>
>   - one or more _link instances_ at appropriate locations in the page text
>   - a single _link definition_ at an arbitrary location on the page
>
> During rendering, each link instance is resolved, and the corresponding definition is
> filled in. No separate link definition clauses occur in the rendered output.
>
> There are 3 fields involved in link instances and definitions:
>
>   - link text (i.e. the text that is displayed at the resulting link)
>   - link definition name (i.e. an unique ID binding link instances to link definition)
>   - link target (a target URL for the link)

Multiple link instances may reference the same link definition using its link definition
................................................................................
side of emphasis start or end punctuation characters.

### Code spans

To include a literal backtick character in a code span, use multiple backticks as opening and
closing delimiters.

Whitespace may exist immediately after the opening delimiter and before the closing delimiter
of a code span, to allow for code fragments starting or ending with a backtick.

Within a code span - like within a code block - angle brackets and ampersands are automatically encoded to make including
HTML fragments easier.

### Images

If necessary, HTML must be used to specify image dimensions. Markdown has no provision for this.

### Inline HTML

Start and end tags of
a HTML block level construct (`<div>`, `<table>` etc) must be separated from surrounding
context using blank lines, and must both occur at the start of a line.

No extra unwanted `<p>` HTML tags are added around HTML block level tags.

Markdown formatting within HTML block level tags is not processed; however, formatting within
span level tags (e.g. `<mark>`) is processed normally.

### Escaping Markdown punctuation

The following punctuation characters can be escaped using backslash:

  - \\   backslash

  verify_all_options();
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( zBinGlob==0 ) zBinGlob = db_get("binary-glob",0);
  vid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  if( vid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("nothing is checked out");
  }







  /* Find mid, the artifactID of the version to be merged into the current
  ** check-out */
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    /* Mid is specified as an argument on the command-line */
    mid = name_to_typed_rid(g.argv[2], "ci");
    if( mid==0 || !is_a_version(mid) ){
................................................................................
    }else{
      fossil_print("MERGE %s\n", zName);
    }
    if( islinkv || islinkm /* || file_wd_islink(zFullPath) */ ){
      fossil_print("***** Cannot merge symlink %s\n", zName);
      nConflict++;
    }else{
      undo_save(zName);
      zFullPath = mprintf("%s/%s", g.zLocalRoot, zName);
      content_get(ridp, &p);
      content_get(ridm, &m);
      if( isBinary ){
        rc = -1;
        blob_zero(&r);
      }else{
................................................................................
    int chnged = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    /* Delete the file idv */
    fossil_print("DELETE %s\n", zName);
    if( chnged ){
      fossil_warning("WARNING: local edits lost for %s\n", zName);
      nConflict++;
    }
    undo_save(zName);
    db_multi_exec(
      "UPDATE vfile SET deleted=1 WHERE id=%d", idv
    );
    if( !dryRunFlag ){
      char *zFullPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zName);
      file_delete(zFullPath);
      free(zFullPath);
................................................................................
    " WHERE idv>0 AND idp>0 AND idm>0 AND fnp=fn AND fnm!=fnp"
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int idv = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    const char *zOldName = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zNewName = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    fossil_print("RENAME %s -> %s\n", zOldName, zNewName);
    undo_save(zOldName);
    undo_save(zNewName);
    db_multi_exec(
      "UPDATE vfile SET pathname=%Q, origname=coalesce(origname,pathname)"
      " WHERE id=%d AND vid=%d", zNewName, idv, vid
    );
    if( !dryRunFlag ){
      char *zFullOldPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zOldName);
      char *zFullNewPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zNewName);
................................................................................
  }else if( backoutFlag ){
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(-2,%d)",pid);
  }else if( integrateFlag ){
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(-4,%d)",mid);
  }else{
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(0,%d)", mid);
  }
  undo_finish();
  db_end_transaction(dryRunFlag);
}

  verify_all_options();
  db_must_be_within_tree();
  if( zBinGlob==0 ) zBinGlob = db_get("binary-glob",0);
  vid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  if( vid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("nothing is checked out");
  }
  if( !dryRunFlag ){
    if( autosync_loop(SYNC_PULL + SYNC_VERBOSE*verboseFlag,
                      db_get_int("autosync-tries", 1)) ){
      fossil_fatal("Cannot proceed with merge");
    }
  }

  /* Find mid, the artifactID of the version to be merged into the current
  ** check-out */
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    /* Mid is specified as an argument on the command-line */
    mid = name_to_typed_rid(g.argv[2], "ci");
    if( mid==0 || !is_a_version(mid) ){
................................................................................
    }else{
      fossil_print("MERGE %s\n", zName);
    }
    if( islinkv || islinkm /* || file_wd_islink(zFullPath) */ ){
      fossil_print("***** Cannot merge symlink %s\n", zName);
      nConflict++;
    }else{
      if( !dryRunFlag ) undo_save(zName);
      zFullPath = mprintf("%s/%s", g.zLocalRoot, zName);
      content_get(ridp, &p);
      content_get(ridm, &m);
      if( isBinary ){
        rc = -1;
        blob_zero(&r);
      }else{
................................................................................
    int chnged = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    /* Delete the file idv */
    fossil_print("DELETE %s\n", zName);
    if( chnged ){
      fossil_warning("WARNING: local edits lost for %s\n", zName);
      nConflict++;
    }
    if( !dryRunFlag ) undo_save(zName);
    db_multi_exec(
      "UPDATE vfile SET deleted=1 WHERE id=%d", idv
    );
    if( !dryRunFlag ){
      char *zFullPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zName);
      file_delete(zFullPath);
      free(zFullPath);
................................................................................
    " WHERE idv>0 AND idp>0 AND idm>0 AND fnp=fn AND fnm!=fnp"
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    int idv = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    const char *zOldName = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zNewName = db_column_text(&q, 2);
    fossil_print("RENAME %s -> %s\n", zOldName, zNewName);
    if( !dryRunFlag ) undo_save(zOldName);
    if( !dryRunFlag ) undo_save(zNewName);
    db_multi_exec(
      "UPDATE vfile SET pathname=%Q, origname=coalesce(origname,pathname)"
      " WHERE id=%d AND vid=%d", zNewName, idv, vid
    );
    if( !dryRunFlag ){
      char *zFullOldPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zOldName);
      char *zFullNewPath = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zNewName);
................................................................................
  }else if( backoutFlag ){
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(-2,%d)",pid);
  }else if( integrateFlag ){
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(-4,%d)",mid);
  }else{
    db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO vmerge(id,merge) VALUES(0,%d)", mid);
  }
  if( !dryRunFlag ) undo_finish();
  db_end_transaction(dryRunFlag);
}

**   --deanalyze       Remove ANALYZE tables from the database
**   --force           Force the rebuild to complete even if errors are seen
**   --ifneeded        Only do the rebuild if it would change the schema version
**   --index           Always add in the full-text search index
**   --noverify        Skip the verification of changes to the BLOB table
**   --noindex         Always omit the full-text search index
**   --pagesize N      Set the database pagesize to N. (512..65536 and power of 2)

**   --randomize       Scan artifacts in a random order
**   --stats           Show artifact statistics after rebuilding
**   --vacuum          Run VACUUM on the database after rebuilding
**   --wal             Set Write-Ahead-Log journalling mode on the database
**
** See also: deconstruct, reconstruct
*/

**   --deanalyze       Remove ANALYZE tables from the database
**   --force           Force the rebuild to complete even if errors are seen
**   --ifneeded        Only do the rebuild if it would change the schema version
**   --index           Always add in the full-text search index
**   --noverify        Skip the verification of changes to the BLOB table
**   --noindex         Always omit the full-text search index
**   --pagesize N      Set the database pagesize to N. (512..65536 and power of 2)
**   --quiet           Only show output if there are errors
**   --randomize       Scan artifacts in a random order
**   --stats           Show artifact statistics after rebuilding
**   --vacuum          Run VACUUM on the database after rebuilding
**   --wal             Set Write-Ahead-Log journalling mode on the database
**
** See also: deconstruct, reconstruct
*/

  const char *zId, *zLogin, *zInfo, *zCap, *zPw;
  const char *zGroup;
  const char *zOldLogin;
  int doWrite;
  int uid, i;
  int higherUser = 0;  /* True if user being edited is SETUP and the */
                       /* user doing the editing is ADMIN.  Disallow editing */
  char *inherit[128];
  int a[128];
  const char *oa[128];

  /* Must have ADMIN privileges to access this page
  */
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }
................................................................................
** Generate an entry box for an attribute.
*/
void entry_attribute(
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the entry box */
  int width,            /* Width of the entry box */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQParm,   /* The query parameter */
  char *zDflt,          /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int disabled          /* 1 if disabled */
){
  const char *zVal = db_get(zVar, zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQParm);
  if( zQ && fossil_strcmp(zQ,zVal)!=0 ){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
................................................................................
  int rows,             /* Rows in the textarea */
  int cols,             /* Columns in the textarea */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQP,      /* The query parameter */
  const char *zDflt,    /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int disabled          /* 1 if the textarea should  not be editable */
){
  const char *z = db_get(zVar, (char*)zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQP);
  if( zQ && !disabled && fossil_strcmp(zQ,z)!=0){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_set(zVar, zQ, 0);
    admin_log("Set textarea_attribute %Q to: %.*s%s",
              zVar, 20, zQ, (nZQ>20 ? "..." : ""));
................................................................................
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the menu */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQP,      /* The query parameter */
  const char *zDflt,    /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int nChoice,          /* Number of choices */
  const char *const *azChoice /* Choices. 2 per choice: (VAR value, Display) */
){
  const char *z = db_get(zVar, (char*)zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQP);
  int i;
  if( zQ && fossil_strcmp(zQ,z)!=0){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_set(zVar, zQ, 0);
    admin_log("Set multiple_choice_attribute %Q to: %.*s%s",
................................................................................
                      (char*)pSet->def, hasVersionableValue);
      @<br />
    }
  }
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are 'versionable' and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of files named <tt>.fossil-settings/PROPERTY</tt>.

  @ If such a file is present, the corresponding field above is not
  @ editable.</p><hr /><p>
  @ These settings work in the same way, as the <kbd>set</kbd>
  @ commandline:<br />
  @ </p><pre>%s(zHelp_setting_cmd)</pre>
  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();

  const char *zId, *zLogin, *zInfo, *zCap, *zPw;
  const char *zGroup;
  const char *zOldLogin;
  int doWrite;
  int uid, i;
  int higherUser = 0;  /* True if user being edited is SETUP and the */
                       /* user doing the editing is ADMIN.  Disallow editing */
  const char *inherit[128];
  int a[128];
  const char *oa[128];

  /* Must have ADMIN privileges to access this page
  */
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Admin ){ login_needed(0); return; }
................................................................................
** Generate an entry box for an attribute.
*/
void entry_attribute(
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the entry box */
  int width,            /* Width of the entry box */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQParm,   /* The query parameter */
  const char *zDflt,    /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int disabled          /* 1 if disabled */
){
  const char *zVal = db_get(zVar, zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQParm);
  if( zQ && fossil_strcmp(zQ,zVal)!=0 ){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
................................................................................
  int rows,             /* Rows in the textarea */
  int cols,             /* Columns in the textarea */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQP,      /* The query parameter */
  const char *zDflt,    /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int disabled          /* 1 if the textarea should  not be editable */
){
  const char *z = db_get(zVar, zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQP);
  if( zQ && !disabled && fossil_strcmp(zQ,z)!=0){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_set(zVar, zQ, 0);
    admin_log("Set textarea_attribute %Q to: %.*s%s",
              zVar, 20, zQ, (nZQ>20 ? "..." : ""));
................................................................................
  const char *zLabel,   /* The text label on the menu */
  const char *zVar,     /* The corresponding row in the VAR table */
  const char *zQP,      /* The query parameter */
  const char *zDflt,    /* Default value if VAR table entry does not exist */
  int nChoice,          /* Number of choices */
  const char *const *azChoice /* Choices. 2 per choice: (VAR value, Display) */
){
  const char *z = db_get(zVar, zDflt);
  const char *zQ = P(zQP);
  int i;
  if( zQ && fossil_strcmp(zQ,z)!=0){
    const int nZQ = (int)strlen(zQ);
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_set(zVar, zQ, 0);
    admin_log("Set multiple_choice_attribute %Q to: %.*s%s",
................................................................................
                      (char*)pSet->def, hasVersionableValue);
      @<br />
    }
  }
  @ </td></tr></table>
  @ </div></form>
  @ <p>Settings marked with (v) are 'versionable' and will be overridden
  @ by the contents of files named <tt>.fossil-settings/PROPERTY</tt>
  @ in the check-out root.
  @ If such a file is present, the corresponding field above is not
  @ editable.</p><hr /><p>
  @ These settings work in the same way, as the <kbd>set</kbd>
  @ commandline:<br />
  @ </p><pre>%s(zHelp_setting_cmd)</pre>
  db_end_transaction(0);
  style_footer();

    fprintf(pArg->out, "Sort Operations:                     %d\n", iCur);
    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Autoindex Inserts:                   %d\n", iCur);
    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Virtual Machine Steps:               %d\n", iCur);
  }



  return 0;
}

/*
** Display scan stats.
*/
static void display_scanstats(
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
    fprintf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", aQuery[i].zName, val);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zSchemaTab);
  return 0;
}


















/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
................................................................................
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
    char **azResult;
    int nRow, nAlloc;
    char *zSql = 0;
    int ii;
    open_db(p, 0);
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
    if( rc ) return rc;




    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master"
        " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
        "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
        "   AND name LIKE ?1");
    while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zDbName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
      if( zDbName==0 || strcmp(zDbName,"main")==0 ) continue;
      if( strcmp(zDbName,"temp")==0 ){
        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
                 "%z UNION ALL "
                 "SELECT 'temp.' || name FROM sqlite_temp_master"
                 " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
................................................................................
                 "%z UNION ALL "
                 "SELECT '%q.' || name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
                 " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
                 "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
                 "   AND name LIKE ?1", zSql, zDbName, zDbName);
      }
    }
    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);

    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%z ORDER BY 1", zSql);
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);

    sqlite3_free(zSql);

    if( rc ) return rc;



    nRow = nAlloc = 0;
    azResult = 0;
    if( nArg>1 ){
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, azArg[1], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, "%", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
    }
    while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      if( nRow>=nAlloc ){
        char **azNew;
        int n2 = nAlloc*2 + 10;
        azNew = sqlite3_realloc64(azResult, sizeof(azResult[0])*n2);
        if( azNew==0 ){
          fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
          break;
        }
        nAlloc = n2;
        azResult = azNew;
      }
      azResult[nRow] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
      if( azResult[nRow] ) nRow++;


    }


    sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);        




    if( nRow>0 ){
      int len, maxlen = 0;
      int i, j;
      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
      for(i=0; i<nRow; i++){
        len = strlen30(azResult[i]);
        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
      }
................................................................................
        for(j=i; j<nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
          char *zSp = j<nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
          fprintf(p->out, "%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j]:"");
        }
        fprintf(p->out, "\n");
      }
    }

    for(ii=0; ii<nRow; ii++) sqlite3_free(azResult[ii]);
    sqlite3_free(azResult);
  }else

  if( c=='t' && n>=8 && strncmp(azArg[0], "testctrl", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
    static const struct {
       const char *zCtrlName;   /* Name of a test-control option */
................................................................................
    }
  }
  if( nSql ){
    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
      errCnt++;
    }
    free(zSql);
  }

  free(zLine);
  return errCnt>0;
}

/*
** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.

    fprintf(pArg->out, "Sort Operations:                     %d\n", iCur);
    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX,bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Autoindex Inserts:                   %d\n", iCur);
    iCur = sqlite3_stmt_status(pArg->pStmt, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP, bReset);
    fprintf(pArg->out, "Virtual Machine Steps:               %d\n", iCur);
  }

  /* Do not remove this machine readable comment: extra-stats-output-here */

  return 0;
}

/*
** Display scan stats.
*/
static void display_scanstats(
................................................................................
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
    fprintf(p->out, "%-20s %d\n", aQuery[i].zName, val);
  }
  sqlite3_free(zSchemaTab);
  return 0;
}

/*
** Print the current sqlite3_errmsg() value to stderr and return 1.
*/
static int shellDatabaseError(sqlite3 *db){
  const char *zErr = sqlite3_errmsg(db);
  fprintf(stderr, "Error: %s\n", zErr);
  return 1;
}

/*
** Print an out-of-memory message to stderr and return 1.
*/
static int shellNomemError(void){
  fprintf(stderr, "Error: out of memory\n");
  return 1;
}

/*
** If an input line begins with "." then invoke this routine to
** process that line.
**
** Return 1 on error, 2 to exit, and 0 otherwise.
*/
................................................................................
    sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
    char **azResult;
    int nRow, nAlloc;
    char *zSql = 0;
    int ii;
    open_db(p, 0);
    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, "PRAGMA database_list", -1, &pStmt, 0);
    if( rc ) return shellDatabaseError(p->db);

    /* Create an SQL statement to query for the list of tables in the
    ** main and all attached databases where the table name matches the
    ** LIKE pattern bound to variable "?1". */
    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
        "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master"
        " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
        "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
        "   AND name LIKE ?1");
    while( zSql && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      const char *zDbName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1);
      if( zDbName==0 || strcmp(zDbName,"main")==0 ) continue;
      if( strcmp(zDbName,"temp")==0 ){
        zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
                 "%z UNION ALL "
                 "SELECT 'temp.' || name FROM sqlite_temp_master"
                 " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
................................................................................
                 "%z UNION ALL "
                 "SELECT '%q.' || name FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master"
                 " WHERE type IN ('table','view')"
                 "   AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'"
                 "   AND name LIKE ?1", zSql, zDbName, zDbName);
      }
    }
    rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
    if( zSql && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%z ORDER BY 1", zSql);
      if( zSql ) rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
    }
    sqlite3_free(zSql);
    if( !zSql ) return shellNomemError();
    if( rc ) return shellDatabaseError(p->db);

    /* Run the SQL statement prepared by the above block. Store the results
    ** as an array of nul-terminated strings in azResult[].  */
    nRow = nAlloc = 0;
    azResult = 0;
    if( nArg>1 ){
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, azArg[1], -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    }else{
      sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, "%", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
    }
    while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      if( nRow>=nAlloc ){
        char **azNew;
        int n2 = nAlloc*2 + 10;
        azNew = sqlite3_realloc64(azResult, sizeof(azResult[0])*n2);
        if( azNew==0 ){
          rc = shellNomemError();
          break;
        }
        nAlloc = n2;
        azResult = azNew;
      }
      azResult[nRow] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
      if( 0==azResult[nRow] ){
        rc = shellNomemError();
        break;
      }
      nRow++;
    }
    if( sqlite3_finalize(pStmt)!=SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = shellDatabaseError(p->db);
    }

    /* Pretty-print the contents of array azResult[] to the output */
    if( rc==0 && nRow>0 ){
      int len, maxlen = 0;
      int i, j;
      int nPrintCol, nPrintRow;
      for(i=0; i<nRow; i++){
        len = strlen30(azResult[i]);
        if( len>maxlen ) maxlen = len;
      }
................................................................................
        for(j=i; j<nRow; j+=nPrintRow){
          char *zSp = j<nPrintRow ? "" : "  ";
          fprintf(p->out, "%s%-*s", zSp, maxlen, azResult[j] ? azResult[j]:"");
        }
        fprintf(p->out, "\n");
      }
    }

    for(ii=0; ii<nRow; ii++) sqlite3_free(azResult[ii]);
    sqlite3_free(azResult);
  }else

  if( c=='t' && n>=8 && strncmp(azArg[0], "testctrl", n)==0 && nArg>=2 ){
    static const struct {
       const char *zCtrlName;   /* Name of a test-control option */
................................................................................
    }
  }
  if( nSql ){
    if( !_all_whitespace(zSql) ){
      fprintf(stderr, "Error: incomplete SQL: %s\n", zSql);
      errCnt++;
    }

  }
  free(zSql);
  free(zLine);
  return errCnt>0;
}

/*
** Return a pathname which is the user's home directory.  A
** 0 return indicates an error of some kind.

    @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-collisions"))Collisions on SHA1 hash
    @       prefixes</a></li>
    if( g.perm.Admin ){
      @   <li>%z(href("%R/urllist"))List of URLs used to access
      @       this repository</a></li>
    }
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/bloblist"))List of Artifacts</a></li>

    @   </ul>
    @ </li>
  }
  @ <li>On-line Documentation
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/help"))List of All Commands and Web Pages</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-all-help"))All "help" text on a single page</a></li>
................................................................................
    @   </ul></li>
  }
  @ <li>Test Pages
  @   <ul>
  if( g.perm.Admin || db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_env"))CGI Environment Test</a></li>
  }
  if( g.perm.Read && g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_timewarps"))List of "Timewarp" Check-ins</a></li>
  }
  if( g.perm.Read ){
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-rename-list"))List of file renames</a></li>
  }
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-color-test"))Page to experiment with the automatic
  @       colors assigned to branch names</a>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-captcha"))Random ASCII-art Captcha image</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ </ul></li>
  style_footer();
}

    @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-collisions"))Collisions on SHA1 hash
    @       prefixes</a></li>
    if( g.perm.Admin ){
      @   <li>%z(href("%R/urllist"))List of URLs used to access
      @       this repository</a></li>
    }
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/bloblist"))List of Artifacts</a></li>
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/timewarps"))List of "Timewarp" Check-ins</a></li>
    @   </ul>
    @ </li>
  }
  @ <li>On-line Documentation
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/help"))List of All Commands and Web Pages</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-all-help"))All "help" text on a single page</a></li>
................................................................................
    @   </ul></li>
  }
  @ <li>Test Pages
  @   <ul>
  if( g.perm.Admin || db_get_boolean("test_env_enable",0) ){
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_env"))CGI Environment Test</a></li>
  }



  if( g.perm.Read ){
    @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-rename-list"))List of file renames</a></li>
  }
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-color-test"))Page to experiment with the automatic
  @       colors assigned to branch names</a>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-captcha"))Random ASCII-art Captcha image</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ </ul></li>
  style_footer();
}

** attributes of the skin that cannot be easily specified using CSS
** or that need to be known on the server-side.
**
** The following array holds the value for all known skin details.
*/
static struct SkinDetail {
  const char *zName;      /* Name of the detail */
  char *zValue;           /* Value of the detail */
} aSkinDetail[] = {
  { "timeline-arrowheads",        "1"  },
  { "timeline-circle-nodes",      "0"  },
  { "timeline-color-graph-lines", "0"  },
  { "white-foreground",           "0"  },
};

** attributes of the skin that cannot be easily specified using CSS
** or that need to be known on the server-side.
**
** The following array holds the value for all known skin details.
*/
static struct SkinDetail {
  const char *zName;      /* Name of the detail */
  const char *zValue;     /* Value of the detail */
} aSkinDetail[] = {
  { "timeline-arrowheads",        "1"  },
  { "timeline-circle-nodes",      "0"  },
  { "timeline-color-graph-lines", "0"  },
  { "white-foreground",           "0"  },
};

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.11"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008011
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-07-08 16:22:42 5348ffc3fda5168c1e9e14aa88b0c6aedbda7c94"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus insure that the application is
** compiled with matching library and header files.
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
** </pre></blockquote>)^
................................................................................
** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
** Restrictions:
**
** <ul>
** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
**      is a valid and open [database connection].
** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** </ul>
*/
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))

#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
................................................................................
** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OTA]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OTA] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the OTA extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
** this opcode.  
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OTA                    26

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()


** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
**
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has not run to completion and/or has not 

** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
................................................................................
** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
................................................................................
SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

















/*
** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
................................................................................
** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
** third parameter.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
** by its 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);

















/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
................................................................................
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.















**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002.



*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
................................................................................
  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */


};






/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
**
** These macros defined the allowed values for the
** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
** a query that uses a [virtual table].
................................................................................
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3



** </ul>
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
................................................................................


#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.9.1"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3009001
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-10-16 17:31:12 767c1727fec4ce11b83f25b3f1bfcfe68a2c8b02"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
** compiled with matching library and header files.
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
** </pre></blockquote>)^
................................................................................
** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
** is not changed.
**
** Restrictions:
**
** <ul>
** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
**      is a valid and open [database connection].
** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
** </ul>
*/
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
................................................................................
** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
**
** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
** this opcode.  
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


................................................................................
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
**
** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b>
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface
** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
**
................................................................................

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
**
** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
................................................................................
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
................................................................................
** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
*/
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
**
................................................................................
SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
**
** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
** input of another.
*/
SQLITE_API unsigned int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
** METHOD: sqlite3_value
**
** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
................................................................................
** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
** third parameter.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N)
** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be
** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
** by its 2nd argument.
**
** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
** METHOD: sqlite3_context
**
** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
** higher order bits are discarded.
** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
** in future releases of SQLite.
*/
SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
** METHOD: sqlite3
**
** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
................................................................................
** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
**
** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
** will be returned by the strategy.
**
** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
**
** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
**
** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
** was added for version 3.9.0. It may therefore only be used if
** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
** 3009000.
*/
struct sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
................................................................................
  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
};

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
*/
#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
**
** These macros defined the allowed values for the
** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
** a query that uses a [virtual table].
................................................................................
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
** </ul>
**
** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
................................................................................


#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */

/*
** 2014 May 31
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, 
** FTS5 may be extended with:
**
**     * custom tokenizers, and
**     * custom auxiliary functions.
*/


#ifndef _FTS5_H
#define _FTS5_H


#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
**
** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing
** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method.
*/

typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi;
typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context;
typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter;

typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)(
  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
);

struct Fts5PhraseIter {
  const unsigned char *a;
  const unsigned char *b;
};

/*
** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
**
** xUserData(pFts):
**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was 
**   registered with.
**
** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
**   to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in 
**   the FTS5 table.
**
**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
**   returned.
**
** xColumnCount(pFts):
**   Return the number of columns in the table.
**
** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
**   to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is
**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set
**   *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row.
**
**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
**   returned.
**
** xColumnText:
**   This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the
**   current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer
**   containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes
**   (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
**   if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values
**   of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined.
**
** xPhraseCount:
**   Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression.
**
** xPhraseSize:
**   Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases
**   are numbered starting from zero.
**
** xInstCount:
**   Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within
**   the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or
**   an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
**
** xInst:
**   Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row.
**   Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument
**   should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value
**   output by xInstCount().
**
**   Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) 
**   if an error occurs.
**
** xRowid:
**   Returns the rowid of the current row.
**
** xTokenize:
**   Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table.
**
** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback):
**   This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase
**   of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to:
**
**       ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid
**
**   with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
**   current query is executed. For each row visited, the callback function
**   passed as the fourth argument is invoked. The context and API objects 
**   passed to the callback function may be used to access the properties of
**   each matched row. Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer
**   passed as the third argument to pUserData.
**
**   If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
**   query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately.
**   If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK.
**   Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards.
**
**   If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned.
**   Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by
**   the callback, an SQLite error code is returned.
**
**
** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
**
**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions 
**   "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
**   future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
**   of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
**
**   Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked 
**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a 
**   single auxiliary data context.
**
**   If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
**   invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback
**   was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this
**   point.
**
**   The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the
**   auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished.
**
**   If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an
**   the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the
**   xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data
**   pointer before returning.
**
**
** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
**
**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension 
**   function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
**
**   If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
**   (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete,
**   if any, is not invoked.
**
**
** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow)
**
**   This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table.
**   In other words, the same value that would be returned by:
**
**        SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable;
**
** xPhraseFirst()
**   This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext
**   method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
**   the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
**   xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate 
**   through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
**
**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
**       int iCol, iOff;
**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff);
**           iOff>=0;
**           pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff)
**       ){
**         // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol
**       }
**
**   The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not
**   modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above
**   with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods.
**
** xPhraseNext()
**   See xPhraseFirst above.
*/
struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 1 */

  void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*);

  int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*);
  int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
  int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);

  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, 
    const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
    void *pCtx,                   /* Context passed to xToken() */
    int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)       /* Callback */
  );

  int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*);
  int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase);

  int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst);
  int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff);

  sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*);
  int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn);
  int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken);

  int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData,
    int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*)
  );
  int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*));
  void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear);

  void (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*);
  void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff);
};

/* 
** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
*************************************************************************/

/*************************************************************************
** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
**
** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer 
** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the 
** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
**
** xCreate:
**   This function is used to allocate and inititalize a tokenizer instance.
**   A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text.
**
**   The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
**   pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). 
**   The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
**   containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
**   tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
**   to create the FTS5 table.
**
**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) 
**   should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
**   returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut 
**   is undefined.
**
** xDelete:
**   This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously
**   allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will
**   be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
**
** xTokenize:
**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated 
**   by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
**   argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
**   returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
**
**   The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting
**   tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following
**   four values:
**
**   <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into
**            or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to
**            determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
**            FTS index.
**
**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed 
**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize 
**            a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
**
**       <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
**            FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is
**            followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
**            returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
**
**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to 
**            satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
**            function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
**            on a columnsize=0 database.  
**   </ul>
**
**   For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
**   be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer
**   passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth
**   arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the
**   size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets
**   of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from
**   which the token is derived within the input.
**
**   The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports 
**   synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
**
**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the 
**   order that they occur within the input text.
**
**   If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
**   the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should
**   immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the
**   input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally,
**   if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it
**   may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than
**   SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE.
**
** SYNONYM SUPPORT
**
**   Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the 
**   built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
**   of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
**   such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
**   all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form
**   the user specified in the MATCH query text.
**
**   There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
**
**   <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the 
**            In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
**            same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
**            fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
**            1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won",
**            "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place',
**            the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works
**            as expected.
**
**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
**            In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may 
**            provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
**            FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
**            example, faced with the query:
**
**   <codeblock>
**     ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
**
**            the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query 
**            similar to:
**
**   <codeblock>
**     ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
**
**            except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" 
**            being treated as a single phrase.
**
**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
**            Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a 
**            document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
**            added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
**            "place".
**
**            This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
**            when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for 
**            'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
**            FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
**   </ol>
**
**   Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that
**   specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit
**   is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example,
**   when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports
**   synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows:
**
**   <codeblock>
**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "i",                      1,  0,  1);
**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "won",                    3,  2,  5);
**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "first",                  5,  6, 11);
**       xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3,  6, 11);
**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "place",                  5, 12, 17);
**</codeblock>
**
**   It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
**   xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. 
**   There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
**   single token.
**
**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add 
**   extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
**   so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
**   does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
**   token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query:
**
**   <codeblock>
**     ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock>
**
**   will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
**   will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
**
**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, 
**   because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
**   queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
**   extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
**   within the database.
**
**   Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal 
**   token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
**   provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
**   will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. 
**   On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
**   as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
**
**   When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only
**   provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query
**   text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is
**   inefficient.
*/
typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer;
typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer;
struct fts5_tokenizer {
  int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
  void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, 
      void *pCtx,
      int flags,            /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
      const char *pText, int nText, 
      int (*xToken)(
        void *pCtx,         /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
        int tflags,         /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
        const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */
        int nToken,         /* Size of token in bytes */
        int iStart,         /* Byte offset of token within input text */
        int iEnd            /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */
      )
  );
};

/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */
#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY     0x0001
#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX    0x0002
#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT  0x0004
#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX       0x0008

/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5
** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */
#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED    0x0001      /* Same position as prev. token */

/*
** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
*************************************************************************/

/*************************************************************************
** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API
*/
typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api;
struct fts5_api {
  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 2 */

  /* Create a new tokenizer */
  int (*xCreateTokenizer)(
    fts5_api *pApi,
    const char *zName,
    void *pContext,
    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
  );

  /* Find an existing tokenizer */
  int (*xFindTokenizer)(
    fts5_api *pApi,
    const char *zName,
    void **ppContext,
    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer
  );

  /* Create a new auxiliary function */
  int (*xCreateFunction)(
    fts5_api *pApi,
    const char *zName,
    void *pContext,
    fts5_extension_function xFunction,
    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
  );
};

/*
** END OF REGISTRATION API
*************************************************************************/

#ifdef __cplusplus
}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif

#endif /* _FTS5_H */

**
**  fossil stash list ?-v|--verbose?
**  fossil stash ls ?-v|--verbose?
**
**     List all changes sets currently stashed.  Show information about
**     individual files in each changeset if -v or --verbose is used.
**
**  fossil stash show ?STASHID? ?DIFF-FLAGS?
**
**     Show the content of a stash
**
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**
**     Apply STASHID or the most recently create stash to the current
................................................................................
**     directory would be if STASHID were applied.
**
** SUMMARY:
**  fossil stash
**  fossil stash save ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash list|ls  ?-v|--verbose? ?-W|--width <num>?
**  fossil stash show ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash goto ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash rm|drop ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**  fossil stash [g]diff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
*/
void stash_cmd(void){
................................................................................
      Stmt q;
      db_prepare(&q,"SELECT origname FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d", stashid);
      while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        newArgv[i++] = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, db_column_text(&q, 0));
      }
      db_finalize(&q);
      newArgv[0] = g.argv[0];

      g.argv = newArgv;
      g.argc = nFile+2;
      if( nFile==0 ) return;
    }
    g.argv[1] = "revert";
    revert_cmd();
  }else
................................................................................
                  "(SELECT origname FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d)",
                  stashid);
    undo_finish();
  }else
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "diff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "show", nCmd)==0

  ){
    const char *zDiffCmd = 0;
    const char *zBinGlob = 0;
    int fIncludeBinary = 0;
    u64 diffFlags;

    if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
      db_close(0);
      diff_tk((zCmd[0]=='s' ? "stash show" : "stash diff"), 3);








      return;
    }
    if( find_option("internal","i",0)==0 ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0);
    }
    diffFlags = diff_options();
    if( find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0 ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;

**
**  fossil stash list ?-v|--verbose?
**  fossil stash ls ?-v|--verbose?
**
**     List all changes sets currently stashed.  Show information about
**     individual files in each changeset if -v or --verbose is used.
**
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-FLAGS?
**
**     Show the content of a stash
**
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**
**     Apply STASHID or the most recently create stash to the current
................................................................................
**     directory would be if STASHID were applied.
**
** SUMMARY:
**  fossil stash
**  fossil stash save ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash snapshot ?-m|--comment COMMENT? ?FILES...?
**  fossil stash list|ls  ?-v|--verbose? ?-W|--width <num>?
**  fossil stash show|cat ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
**  fossil stash pop
**  fossil stash apply ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash goto ?STASHID?
**  fossil stash rm|drop ?STASHID? ?-a|--all?
**  fossil stash [g]diff ?STASHID? ?DIFF-OPTIONS?
*/
void stash_cmd(void){
................................................................................
      Stmt q;
      db_prepare(&q,"SELECT origname FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d", stashid);
      while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        newArgv[i++] = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, db_column_text(&q, 0));
      }
      db_finalize(&q);
      newArgv[0] = g.argv[0];
      newArgv[1] = 0;
      g.argv = newArgv;
      g.argc = nFile+2;
      if( nFile==0 ) return;
    }
    g.argv[1] = "revert";
    revert_cmd();
  }else
................................................................................
                  "(SELECT origname FROM stashfile WHERE stashid=%d)",
                  stashid);
    undo_finish();
  }else
  if( memcmp(zCmd, "diff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "show", nCmd)==0
   || memcmp(zCmd, "cat", nCmd)==0
  ){
    const char *zDiffCmd = 0;
    const char *zBinGlob = 0;
    int fIncludeBinary = 0;
    u64 diffFlags;

    if( find_option("tk",0,0)!=0 ){
      db_close(0);
        switch (zCmd[0]) {
        case 's':
        case 'c':
          diff_tk("stash show", 3);
          break;

        default:
          diff_tk("stash diff", 3);
        }
      return;
    }
    if( find_option("internal","i",0)==0 ){
      zDiffCmd = diff_command_external(memcmp(zCmd, "gdiff", nCmd)==0);
    }
    diffFlags = diff_options();
    if( find_option("verbose","v",0)!=0 ) diffFlags |= DIFF_VERBOSE;

  int nEventTotal = 0;               /* Total event count */
  int rowClass = 0;                  /* counter for alternating
                                        row colors */
  int nMaxEvents = 1;                /* max number of events for
                                        all rows. */
  Blob userFilter = empty_blob;      /* Optional user=johndoe query string */
  static const char *const daysOfWeek[] = {
  "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday",
  "Friday", "Saturday", "Sunday"
  };

  stats_report_init_view();
  if( zUserName ){
    blob_appendf(&userFilter, "user=%s", zUserName);
  }
  db_prepare(&query,
               "SELECT cast(mtime %% 7 AS INTEGER) dow,"
               "       COUNT(*) AS eventCount"
               "  FROM v_reports"
               " WHERE ifnull(coalesce(euser,user,'')=%Q,1)"
               " GROUP BY dow ORDER BY dow", zUserName);
  @ <h1>Timeline Events (%h(stats_report_label_for_type())) by Day of the Week
  if( zUserName ){
    @ for user %h(zUserName)
  }
  @ </h1>
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE piechart(amt,label);"
    "INSERT INTO piechart"
    " SELECT count(*), cast(mtime %% 7 AS INT) FROM v_reports"
     " WHERE ifnull(coalesce(euser,user,'')=%Q,1)"
     " GROUP BY 2 ORDER BY 2;"
    "UPDATE piechart SET label = CASE label"
    "  WHEN 0 THEN 'Monday'"
    "  WHEN 1 THEN 'Tuesday'"
    "  WHEN 2 THEN 'Wednesday'"
    "  WHEN 3 THEN 'Thursday'"
    "  WHEN 4 THEN 'Friday'"
    "  WHEN 5 THEN 'Saturday'"

    "  ELSE 'Sunday' END;", zUserName
  );
  if( db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM piechart")>=2 ){
    @ <center><svg width=700 height=400>
    piechart_render(700, 400, PIE_OTHER|PIE_PERCENT);
    @ </svg></centre><hr/>
  }
  @ <table class='statistics-report-table-events' border='0'

  int nEventTotal = 0;               /* Total event count */
  int rowClass = 0;                  /* counter for alternating
                                        row colors */
  int nMaxEvents = 1;                /* max number of events for
                                        all rows. */
  Blob userFilter = empty_blob;      /* Optional user=johndoe query string */
  static const char *const daysOfWeek[] = {
  "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
  "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"
  };

  stats_report_init_view();
  if( zUserName ){
    blob_appendf(&userFilter, "user=%s", zUserName);
  }
  db_prepare(&query,
               "SELECT cast(strftime('%%w', mtime) AS INTEGER) dow,"
               "       COUNT(*) AS eventCount"
               "  FROM v_reports"
               " WHERE ifnull(coalesce(euser,user,'')=%Q,1)"
               " GROUP BY dow ORDER BY dow", zUserName);
  @ <h1>Timeline Events (%h(stats_report_label_for_type())) by Day of the Week
  if( zUserName ){
    @ for user %h(zUserName)
  }
  @ </h1>
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE piechart(amt,label);"
    "INSERT INTO piechart"
    " SELECT count(*), cast(strftime('%%w', mtime) AS INT) FROM v_reports"
     " WHERE ifnull(coalesce(euser,user,'')=%Q,1)"
     " GROUP BY 2 ORDER BY 2;"
    "UPDATE piechart SET label = CASE label"
    "  WHEN 0 THEN 'Sunday'"
    "  WHEN 1 THEN 'Monday'"
    "  WHEN 2 THEN 'Tuesday'"
    "  WHEN 3 THEN 'Wednesday'"
    "  WHEN 4 THEN 'Thursday'"
    "  WHEN 5 THEN 'Friday'"
    "  WHEN 6 THEN 'Saturday'"
    "  ELSE 'ERROR' END;", zUserName
  );
  if( db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM piechart")>=2 ){
    @ <center><svg width=700 height=400>
    piechart_render(700, 400, PIE_OTHER|PIE_PERCENT);
    @ </svg></centre><hr/>
  }
  @ <table class='statistics-report-table-events' border='0'

*/
static void url_var(
  const char *zVarPrefix,
  const char *zConfigName,
  const char *zPageName
){
  char *zVarName = mprintf("%s_url", zVarPrefix);
  char *zUrl = mprintf("%s/%s?id=%x", g.zTop, zPageName,
                       skin_id(zConfigName));
  Th_Store(zVarName, zUrl);
  free(zUrl);
  free(zVarName);
}

/*

*/
static void url_var(
  const char *zVarPrefix,
  const char *zConfigName,
  const char *zPageName
){
  char *zVarName = mprintf("%s_url", zVarPrefix);
  char *zUrl = mprintf("%R/%s?id=%x", zPageName,
                       skin_id(zConfigName));
  Th_Store(zVarName, zUrl);
  free(zUrl);
  free(zVarName);
}

/*

** TH Syntax:
**
**   string is CLASS STRING
*/
static int string_is_command(
  Th_Interp *interp, void *ctx, int argc, const char **argv, int *argl
){
  int i;
  int iRes = 1;
  if( argc!=4 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "string is class string");
  }
  if( argl[2]!=5 || 0!=memcmp(argv[2], "alnum", 5) ){
    Th_ErrorMessage(interp, "Expected alnum, got: ", argv[2], argl[2]);
    return TH_ERROR;


  }

  for(i=0; i<argl[3]; i++){
    if( !th_isalnum(argv[3][i]) ){
      iRes = 0;
    }
  }

  return Th_SetResultInt(interp, iRes);






















}

/*
** TH Syntax:
**
**   string last NEEDLE HAYSTACK
*/

** TH Syntax:
**
**   string is CLASS STRING
*/
static int string_is_command(
  Th_Interp *interp, void *ctx, int argc, const char **argv, int *argl
){


  if( argc!=4 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "string is class string");
  }
  if( argl[2]==5 && 0==memcmp(argv[2], "alnum", 5) ){


    int i;
    int iRes = 1;


    for(i=0; i<argl[3]; i++){
      if( !th_isalnum(argv[3][i]) ){
        iRes = 0;
      }
    }

    return Th_SetResultInt(interp, iRes);
  }else if( argl[2]==6 && 0==memcmp(argv[2], "double", 6) ){
    double fVal;
    if( Th_ToDouble(interp, argv[3], argl[3], &fVal)==TH_OK ){
      return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 1);
    }
    return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 0);
  }else if( argl[2]==7 && 0==memcmp(argv[2], "integer", 7) ){
    int iVal;
    if( Th_ToInt(interp, argv[3], argl[3], &iVal)==TH_OK ){
      return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 1);
    }
    return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 0);
  }else if( argl[2]==4 && 0==memcmp(argv[2], "list", 4) ){
    if( Th_SplitList(interp, argv[3], argl[3], 0, 0, 0)==TH_OK ){
      return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 1);
    }
    return Th_SetResultInt(interp, 0);
  }else{
    Th_ErrorMessage(interp,
        "Expected alnum, double, integer, or list, got:", argv[2], argl[2]);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** TH Syntax:
**
**   string last NEEDLE HAYSTACK
*/

void Th_PrintTraceLog(){
  if( g.thTrace ){
    fossil_print("\n------------------ BEGIN TRACE LOG ------------------\n");
    fossil_print("%s", blob_str(&g.thLog));
    fossil_print("\n------------------- END TRACE LOG -------------------\n");
  }
}






























































































/*
** TH1 command: httpize STRING
**
** Escape all characters of STRING which have special meaning in URI
** components. Return a new string result.
*/
................................................................................
){
  if( argc!=2 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "puts STRING");
  }
  sendText((char*)argv[1], argl[1], *(unsigned int*)pConvert);
  return TH_OK;
}































/*
** TH1 command: decorate STRING
** TH1 command: wiki STRING
**
** Render the input string as wiki.  For the decorate command, only links
** are handled.
................................................................................
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "htmlize STRING");
  }
  zOut = htmlize((char*)argv[1], argl[1]);
  Th_SetResult(interp, zOut, -1);
  free(zOut);
  return TH_OK;
}























/*
** TH1 command: date
**
** Return a string which is the current time and date.  If the
** -local option is used, the date appears using localtime instead
** of UTC.
................................................................................
** TH1 command: hasfeature STRING
**
** Return true if the fossil binary has the given compile-time feature
** enabled. The set of features includes:
**
** "ssl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
** "legacyMvRm"      = FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM

** "th1Docs"         = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
** "th1Hooks"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
** "tcl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL
** "useTclStubs"     = USE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclStubs"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclPrivateStubs" = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS
** "json"            = FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
** "markdown"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_MARKDOWN
** "unicodeCmdLine"  = !BROKEN_MINGW_CMDLINE
** "dynamicBuild"    = FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
**


*/
static int hasfeatureCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
................................................................................
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "legacyMvRm\0", 11 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }





#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "th1Docs\0", 8 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
................................................................................
    {"anoncap",       hascapCmd,            (void*)&anonFlag},
    {"anycap",        anycapCmd,            0},
    {"artifact",      artifactCmd,          0},
    {"checkout",      checkoutCmd,          0},
    {"combobox",      comboboxCmd,          0},
    {"date",          dateCmd,              0},
    {"decorate",      wikiCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[2]},

    {"enable_output", enableOutputCmd,      0},

    {"getParameter",  getParameterCmd,      0},
    {"glob_match",    globMatchCmd,         0},
    {"globalState",   globalStateCmd,       0},
    {"httpize",       httpizeCmd,           0},
    {"hascap",        hascapCmd,            (void*)&zeroInt},
    {"hasfeature",    hasfeatureCmd,        0},
    {"html",          putsCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[0]},
    {"htmlize",       htmlizeCmd,           0},
    {"http",          httpCmd,              0},
    {"linecount",     linecntCmd,           0},

    {"puts",          putsCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[1]},
    {"query",         queryCmd,             0},
    {"randhex",       randhexCmd,           0},
    {"regexp",        regexpCmd,            0},
    {"reinitialize",  reinitializeCmd,      0},
    {"render",        renderCmd,            0},
    {"repository",    repositoryCmd,        0},

void Th_PrintTraceLog(){
  if( g.thTrace ){
    fossil_print("\n------------------ BEGIN TRACE LOG ------------------\n");
    fossil_print("%s", blob_str(&g.thLog));
    fossil_print("\n------------------- END TRACE LOG -------------------\n");
  }
}

/*
** - adopted from ls_cmd_rev in checkin.c
** - adopted commands/error handling for usage within th1
** - interface adopted to allow result creation as TH1 List
**
** Takes a checkin identifier in zRev and an optiona glob pattern in zGLOB
** as parameter returns a TH list in pzList,pnList with filenames matching
** glob pattern with the checking
*/
static void dir_cmd_rev(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  char **pzList,
  int *pnList,
  const char *zRev,  /* Revision string given */
  const char *zGlob, /* Glob pattern given */
  int bDetails
){
  Stmt q;
  char *zOrderBy = "pathname COLLATE nocase";
  int rid;

  rid = th1_name_to_typed_rid(interp, zRev, "ci");
  compute_fileage(rid, zGlob);
  db_prepare(&q,
    "SELECT datetime(fileage.mtime, 'localtime'), fileage.pathname,\n"
    "       blob.size\n"
    "  FROM fileage, blob\n"
    " WHERE blob.rid=fileage.fid \n"
    " ORDER BY %s;", zOrderBy /*safe-for-%s*/
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zFile = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    if( bDetails ){
      const char *zTime = db_column_text(&q, 0);
      int size = db_column_int(&q, 2);
      char zSize[50];
      char *zSubList = 0;
      int nSubList = 0;
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zSize), zSize, "%d", size);
      Th_ListAppend(interp, &zSubList, &nSubList, zFile, -1);
      Th_ListAppend(interp, &zSubList, &nSubList, zSize, -1);
      Th_ListAppend(interp, &zSubList, &nSubList, zTime, -1);
      Th_ListAppend(interp, pzList, pnList, zSubList, -1);
      Th_Free(interp, zSubList);
    }else{
      Th_ListAppend(interp, pzList, pnList, zFile, -1);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** TH1 command: dir CHECKIN ?GLOB? ?DETAILS?
**
** Returns a list containing all files in CHECKIN. If GLOB is given only
** the files matching the pattern GLOB within CHECKIN will be returned.
** If DETAILS is non-zero, the result will be a list-of-lists, with each
** element containing at least three elements: the file name, the file
** size (in bytes), and the file last modification time (relative to the
** time zone configured for the repository).
*/
static int dirCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *ctx,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  const char *zGlob = 0;
  int bDetails = 0;

  if( argc<2 || argc>4 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "dir CHECKIN ?GLOB? ?DETAILS?");
  }
  if( argc>=3 ){
    zGlob = argv[2];
  }
  if( argc>=4 && Th_ToInt(interp, argv[3], argl[3], &bDetails) ){
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
  if( Th_IsRepositoryOpen() ){
    char *zList = 0;
    int nList = 0;
    dir_cmd_rev(interp, &zList, &nList, argv[1], zGlob, bDetails);
    Th_SetResult(interp, zList, nList);
    Th_Free(interp, zList);
    return TH_OK;
  }else{
    Th_SetResult(interp, "repository unavailable", -1);
    return TH_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** TH1 command: httpize STRING
**
** Escape all characters of STRING which have special meaning in URI
** components. Return a new string result.
*/
................................................................................
){
  if( argc!=2 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "puts STRING");
  }
  sendText((char*)argv[1], argl[1], *(unsigned int*)pConvert);
  return TH_OK;
}

/*
** TH1 command: markdown STRING
**
** Renders the input string as markdown.  The result is a two-element list.
** The first element is the text-only title string.  The second element
** contains the body, rendered as HTML.
*/
static int markdownCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  Blob src, title, body;
  char *zValue = 0;
  int nValue = 0;
  if( argc!=2 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "markdown STRING");
  }
  blob_zero(&src);
  blob_init(&src, (char*)argv[1], argl[1]);
  blob_zero(&title); blob_zero(&body);
  markdown_to_html(&src, &title, &body);
  Th_ListAppend(interp, &zValue, &nValue, blob_str(&title), blob_size(&title));
  Th_ListAppend(interp, &zValue, &nValue, blob_str(&body), blob_size(&body));
  Th_SetResult(interp, zValue, nValue);
  return TH_OK;
}

/*
** TH1 command: decorate STRING
** TH1 command: wiki STRING
**
** Render the input string as wiki.  For the decorate command, only links
** are handled.
................................................................................
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "htmlize STRING");
  }
  zOut = htmlize((char*)argv[1], argl[1]);
  Th_SetResult(interp, zOut, -1);
  free(zOut);
  return TH_OK;
}

/*
** TH1 command: encode64 STRING
**
** Encode the specified string using Base64 and return the result.
*/
static int encode64Cmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
){
  char *zOut;
  if( argc!=2 ){
    return Th_WrongNumArgs(interp, "encode64 STRING");
  }
  zOut = encode64((char*)argv[1], argl[1]);
  Th_SetResult(interp, zOut, -1);
  free(zOut);
  return TH_OK;
}

/*
** TH1 command: date
**
** Return a string which is the current time and date.  If the
** -local option is used, the date appears using localtime instead
** of UTC.
................................................................................
** TH1 command: hasfeature STRING
**
** Return true if the fossil binary has the given compile-time feature
** enabled. The set of features includes:
**
** "ssl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
** "legacyMvRm"      = FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
** "execRelPaths"    = FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
** "th1Docs"         = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS
** "th1Hooks"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
** "tcl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL
** "useTclStubs"     = USE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclStubs"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclPrivateStubs" = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS
** "json"            = FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
** "markdown"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_MARKDOWN
** "unicodeCmdLine"  = !BROKEN_MINGW_CMDLINE
** "dynamicBuild"    = FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
**
** Specifying an unknown feature will return a value of false, it will not
** raise a script error.
*/
static int hasfeatureCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
  int *argl
................................................................................
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "legacyMvRm\0", 11 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "execRelPaths\0", 13 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "th1Docs\0", 8 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
................................................................................
    {"anoncap",       hascapCmd,            (void*)&anonFlag},
    {"anycap",        anycapCmd,            0},
    {"artifact",      artifactCmd,          0},
    {"checkout",      checkoutCmd,          0},
    {"combobox",      comboboxCmd,          0},
    {"date",          dateCmd,              0},
    {"decorate",      wikiCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[2]},
    {"dir",           dirCmd,               0},
    {"enable_output", enableOutputCmd,      0},
    {"encode64",      encode64Cmd,          0},
    {"getParameter",  getParameterCmd,      0},
    {"glob_match",    globMatchCmd,         0},
    {"globalState",   globalStateCmd,       0},
    {"httpize",       httpizeCmd,           0},
    {"hascap",        hascapCmd,            (void*)&zeroInt},
    {"hasfeature",    hasfeatureCmd,        0},
    {"html",          putsCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[0]},
    {"htmlize",       htmlizeCmd,           0},
    {"http",          httpCmd,              0},
    {"linecount",     linecntCmd,           0},
    {"markdown",      markdownCmd,          0},
    {"puts",          putsCmd,              (void*)&aFlags[1]},
    {"query",         queryCmd,             0},
    {"randhex",       randhexCmd,           0},
    {"regexp",        regexpCmd,            0},
    {"reinitialize",  reinitializeCmd,      0},
    {"render",        renderCmd,            0},
    {"repository",    repositoryCmd,        0},

#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL

#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "th.h"
#include "tcl.h"









/*
** These macros are designed to reduce the redundant code required to marshal
** arguments from TH1 to Tcl.
*/
#define USE_ARGV_TO_OBJV() \
  int objc;                \
  Tcl_Obj **objv;          \
................................................................................

/*
** Is the loaded version of Tcl one where TIP #285 (asynchronous script
** cancellation) is available?  This should return non-zero only for Tcl
** 8.6 and higher.
*/
static int canUseTip285(){

  int major = -1, minor = -1, patchLevel = -1, type = -1;

  Tcl_GetVersion(&major, &minor, &patchLevel, &type);
  if( major<0 || minor<0 || patchLevel<0 || type<0 ){
    return 0; /* NOTE: Invalid version info, assume bad. */
  }
  return (major>8 || (major==8 && minor>=6));



}

/*
** Creates and initializes a Tcl interpreter for use with the specified TH1
** interpreter.  Stores the created Tcl interpreter in the Tcl context supplied
** by the caller.  This must be declared here because quite a few functions in
** this file need to use it before it can be defined.
................................................................................
  }
  if( !bWait ) flags |= TCL_DONT_WAIT;
  Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)tclInterp);
  while( Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags) ){
    if( Tcl_InterpDeleted(tclInterp) ){
      break;
    }

    if( useTip285 && Tcl_Canceled(tclInterp, 0)!=TCL_OK ){
      break;
    }

  }
  Tcl_Release((ClientData)tclInterp);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Creates and initializes a Tcl interpreter for use with the specified TH1

#ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL

#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "th.h"
#include "tcl.h"

/*
** This macro is used to verify that the header version of Tcl meets some
** minimum requirement.
*/
#define MINIMUM_TCL_VERSION(major, minor) \
  ((TCL_MAJOR_VERSION > (major)) || \
   ((TCL_MAJOR_VERSION == (major)) && (TCL_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor))))

/*
** These macros are designed to reduce the redundant code required to marshal
** arguments from TH1 to Tcl.
*/
#define USE_ARGV_TO_OBJV() \
  int objc;                \
  Tcl_Obj **objv;          \
................................................................................

/*
** Is the loaded version of Tcl one where TIP #285 (asynchronous script
** cancellation) is available?  This should return non-zero only for Tcl
** 8.6 and higher.
*/
static int canUseTip285(){
#if MINIMUM_TCL_VERSION(8, 6)
  int major = -1, minor = -1, patchLevel = -1, type = -1;

  Tcl_GetVersion(&major, &minor, &patchLevel, &type);
  if( major<0 || minor<0 || patchLevel<0 || type<0 ){
    return 0; /* NOTE: Invalid version info, assume bad. */
  }
  return (major>8 || (major==8 && minor>=6));
#else
  return 0;
#endif
}

/*
** Creates and initializes a Tcl interpreter for use with the specified TH1
** interpreter.  Stores the created Tcl interpreter in the Tcl context supplied
** by the caller.  This must be declared here because quite a few functions in
** this file need to use it before it can be defined.
................................................................................
  }
  if( !bWait ) flags |= TCL_DONT_WAIT;
  Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)tclInterp);
  while( Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags) ){
    if( Tcl_InterpDeleted(tclInterp) ){
      break;
    }
#if MINIMUM_TCL_VERSION(8, 6)
    if( useTip285 && Tcl_Canceled(tclInterp, 0)!=TCL_OK ){
      break;
    }
#endif
  }
  Tcl_Release((ClientData)tclInterp);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Creates and initializes a Tcl interpreter for use with the specified TH1

**    to=UUID          ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FUUID       Show only check-ins that use given file version
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only check-ins that filename changes
**    forks          Show only forks and their children
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Shown only events for the given year/month.

**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
**
................................................................................
  const char *zMark = P("m");        /* Mark this event or an event this time */
  const char *zTagName = P("t");     /* Show events with this tag */
  const char *zBrName = P("r");      /* Show events related to this tag */
  const char *zSearch = P("s");      /* Search string */
  const char *zUses = P("uf");       /* Only show check-ins hold this file */
  const char *zYearMonth = P("ym");  /* Show check-ins for the given YYYY-MM */
  const char *zYearWeek = P("yw");   /* Check-ins for YYYY-WW (week-of-year) */

  int useDividers = P("nd")==0;      /* Show dividers if "nd" is missing */
  int renameOnly = P("namechng")!=0; /* Show only check-ins that rename files */
  int forkOnly = PB("forks");        /* Show only forks and their children */
  int tagid;                         /* Tag ID */
  int tmFlags = 0;                   /* Timeline flags */
  const char *zThisTag = 0;          /* Suppress links to this tag */
  const char *zThisUser = 0;         /* Suppress links to this user */
................................................................................
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND %Q=strftime('%%Y-%%m',event.mtime) ",
                   zYearMonth);
    }
    else if( zYearWeek ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND %Q=strftime('%%Y-%%W',event.mtime) ",
                   zYearWeek);
    }




    if( tagid ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql,
        " AND (EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
            " WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=blob.rid)\n", tagid);

      if( zBrName ){
        /* The next two blob_appendf() calls add SQL that causes check-ins that
................................................................................
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));

    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM timeline WHERE etype!='div' /*scan*/");
    if( zYearMonth ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%s events for %h", zEType, zYearMonth);
    }else if( zYearWeek ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%s events for year/week %h", zEType, zYearWeek);


    }else if( zBefore==0 && zCirca==0 && n>=nEntry && nEntry>0 ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%d most recent %ss", n, zEType);
    }else{
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%d %ss", n, zEType);
    }
    if( zUses ){
      char *zFilenames = names_of_file(zUses);
................................................................................
        db_prepare(&fchngQuery,
           "SELECT (pid<=0) AS isnew,"
           "       (fid==0) AS isdel,"
           "       (SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=mlink.fnid) AS name,"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=fid),"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=pid)"
           "  FROM mlink"
           " WHERE mid=:mid AND pid!=fid"
           " ORDER BY 3 /*sort*/"
        );
        fchngQueryInit = 1;
      }
      db_bind_int(&fchngQuery, ":mid", rid);
      while( db_step(&fchngQuery)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        const char *zFilename = db_column_text(&fchngQuery, 2);
................................................................................
         db_column_text(&q, 3));
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: test_timewarps
**
** Show all check-ins that are "timewarps".  A timewarp is a
** check-in that occurs before its parent, according to the
** timestamp information on the check-in.  This can only actually
** happen, of course, if a users system clock is set incorrectly.
*/
void test_timewarp_page(void){
  Stmt q;


  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read || !g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Read && g.anon.Hyperlink);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Instances of timewarp");
  @ <ul>
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT blob.uuid "



     "  FROM plink p, plink c, blob"
     " WHERE p.cid=c.pid  AND p.mtime>c.mtime"
     "   AND blob.rid=c.cid"



  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zUuid = db_column_text(&q, 0);














    @ <li>
    @ <a href="%R/timeline?dp=%!S(zUuid)&amp;unhide">%S(zUuid)</a>







  }
  db_finalize(&q);






  style_footer();
}

**    to=UUID          ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FUUID       Show only check-ins that use given file version
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only check-ins that filename changes
**    forks          Show only forks and their children
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Show only events for the given year/month.
**    ymd=YYYY-MM-DD Show only events on the given day
**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
**
................................................................................
  const char *zMark = P("m");        /* Mark this event or an event this time */
  const char *zTagName = P("t");     /* Show events with this tag */
  const char *zBrName = P("r");      /* Show events related to this tag */
  const char *zSearch = P("s");      /* Search string */
  const char *zUses = P("uf");       /* Only show check-ins hold this file */
  const char *zYearMonth = P("ym");  /* Show check-ins for the given YYYY-MM */
  const char *zYearWeek = P("yw");   /* Check-ins for YYYY-WW (week-of-year) */
  const char *zDay = P("ymd");       /* Check-ins for the day YYYY-MM-DD */
  int useDividers = P("nd")==0;      /* Show dividers if "nd" is missing */
  int renameOnly = P("namechng")!=0; /* Show only check-ins that rename files */
  int forkOnly = PB("forks");        /* Show only forks and their children */
  int tagid;                         /* Tag ID */
  int tmFlags = 0;                   /* Timeline flags */
  const char *zThisTag = 0;          /* Suppress links to this tag */
  const char *zThisUser = 0;         /* Suppress links to this user */
................................................................................
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND %Q=strftime('%%Y-%%m',event.mtime) ",
                   zYearMonth);
    }
    else if( zYearWeek ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND %Q=strftime('%%Y-%%W',event.mtime) ",
                   zYearWeek);
    }
    else if( zDay ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND %Q=strftime('%%Y-%%m-%%d',event.mtime) ",
                   zDay);
    }
    if( tagid ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql,
        " AND (EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
            " WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=blob.rid)\n", tagid);

      if( zBrName ){
        /* The next two blob_appendf() calls add SQL that causes check-ins that
................................................................................
    db_multi_exec("%s", blob_sql_text(&sql));

    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM timeline WHERE etype!='div' /*scan*/");
    if( zYearMonth ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%s events for %h", zEType, zYearMonth);
    }else if( zYearWeek ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%s events for year/week %h", zEType, zYearWeek);
    }else if( zDay ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%s events occurring on %h", zEType, zDay);
    }else if( zBefore==0 && zCirca==0 && n>=nEntry && nEntry>0 ){
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%d most recent %ss", n, zEType);
    }else{
      blob_appendf(&desc, "%d %ss", n, zEType);
    }
    if( zUses ){
      char *zFilenames = names_of_file(zUses);
................................................................................
        db_prepare(&fchngQuery,
           "SELECT (pid<=0) AS isnew,"
           "       (fid==0) AS isdel,"
           "       (SELECT name FROM filename WHERE fnid=mlink.fnid) AS name,"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=fid),"
           "       (SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=pid)"
           "  FROM mlink"
           " WHERE mid=:mid AND pid!=fid AND NOT mlink.isaux"
           " ORDER BY 3 /*sort*/"
        );
        fchngQueryInit = 1;
      }
      db_bind_int(&fchngQuery, ":mid", rid);
      while( db_step(&fchngQuery)==SQLITE_ROW ){
        const char *zFilename = db_column_text(&fchngQuery, 2);
................................................................................
         db_column_text(&q, 3));
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: timewarps
**
** Show all check-ins that are "timewarps".  A timewarp is a
** check-in that occurs before its parent, according to the
** timestamp information on the check-in.  This can only actually
** happen, of course, if a users system clock is set incorrectly.
*/
void test_timewarp_page(void){
  Stmt q;
  int cnt = 0;

  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read || !g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    login_needed(g.anon.Read && g.anon.Hyperlink);
    return;
  }
  style_header("Instances of timewarp");

  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT blob.uuid, "
     "       date(ce.mtime),"
     "       pe.mtime>ce.mtime,"
     "       coalesce(ce.euser,ce.user)"
     "  FROM plink p, plink c, blob, event pe, event ce"
     " WHERE p.cid=c.pid  AND p.mtime>c.mtime"
     "   AND blob.rid=c.cid"
     "   AND pe.objid=p.cid"
     "   AND ce.objid=c.cid"
     " ORDER BY 2 DESC"
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zCkin = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    const char *zDate = db_column_text(&q, 1);
    const char *zStatus = db_column_int(&q,2) ? "Open"
                                 : "Resolved by editing date";
    const char *zUser = db_column_text(&q, 3);
    char *zHref = href("%R/timeline?c=%S", zCkin);
    if( cnt==0 ){
      @ <div class="brlist"><table id="timewarptable">
      @ <thead><tr>
      @ <th>Check-in</th>
      @ <th>Date</th>
      @ <th>User</th>
      @ <th>Status</th>
      @ </tr></thead><tbody>
    }
    @ <tr>

    @ <td>%s(zHref)%S(zCkin)</a></td>
    @ <td>%s(zHref)%s(zDate)</a></td>
    @ <td>%h(zUser)</td>
    @ <td>%s(zStatus)</td>
    @ </tr>
    fossil_free(zHref);
    cnt++;
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  if( cnt==0 ){
    @ <p>No timewarps in this repository</p>
  }else{
    @ </tbody></table></div>
    output_table_sorting_javascript("timewarptable","tttt",2);
  }
  style_footer();
}

@ CREATE INDEX ticketchng_idx1 ON ticketchng(tkt_id, tkt_mtime);
;

/*
** Return the ticket table definition
*/
const char *ticket_table_schema(void){
  return db_get("ticket-table", (char*)zDefaultTicketTable);
}

/*
** Common implementation for the ticket setup editor pages.
*/
static void tktsetup_generic(
  const char *zTitle,           /* Page title */
................................................................................
  }
  if( PB("setup") ){
    cgi_redirect("tktsetup");
  }
  isSubmit = P("submit")!=0;
  z = P("x");
  if( z==0 ){
    z = db_get(zDbField, (char*)zDfltValue);
  }
  style_header("Edit %s", zTitle);
  if( P("clear")!=0 ){
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_unset(zDbField, 0);
    if( xRebuild ) xRebuild();
    cgi_redirect("tktsetup");
................................................................................
@ }
;

/*
** Return the ticket common code.
*/
const char *ticket_common_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-common", (char*)zDefaultTicketCommon);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_com
** Administrative page used to define TH1 script that is
** common to all ticket screens.
*/
................................................................................
@ return
;

/*
** Return the ticket change code.
*/
const char *ticket_change_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-change", (char*)zDefaultTicketChange);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_change
** Adminstrative screen used to view or edit the TH1 script
** that shows ticket changes.
*/
................................................................................
@ </table>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the new ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_newpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-newpage", (char*)zDefaultNew);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_newpage
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script used
** to enter new tickets.
*/
................................................................................
;


/*
** Return the code used to generate the view ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_viewpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-viewpage", (char*)zDefaultView);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_viewpage
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script that
** displays individual tickets.
*/
................................................................................
@ </table>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the edit ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_editpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-editpage", (char*)zDefaultEdit);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_editpage
** Administrative page for viewing or editing the TH1 script that
** drives the ticket editing page.
*/
................................................................................
@ </th1>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the report list
*/
const char *ticket_reportlist_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-reportlist", (char*)zDefaultReportList);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_reportlist
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script that
** defines the "report list" page.
*/
................................................................................
;


/*
** Return the template ticket report format:
*/
const char *ticket_key_template(void){
  return db_get("ticket-key-template", (char*)zDefaultKey);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_keytplt
**
** Administrative page used to view or edit the Key template
** for tickets.

@ CREATE INDEX ticketchng_idx1 ON ticketchng(tkt_id, tkt_mtime);
;

/*
** Return the ticket table definition
*/
const char *ticket_table_schema(void){
  return db_get("ticket-table", zDefaultTicketTable);
}

/*
** Common implementation for the ticket setup editor pages.
*/
static void tktsetup_generic(
  const char *zTitle,           /* Page title */
................................................................................
  }
  if( PB("setup") ){
    cgi_redirect("tktsetup");
  }
  isSubmit = P("submit")!=0;
  z = P("x");
  if( z==0 ){
    z = db_get(zDbField, zDfltValue);
  }
  style_header("Edit %s", zTitle);
  if( P("clear")!=0 ){
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_unset(zDbField, 0);
    if( xRebuild ) xRebuild();
    cgi_redirect("tktsetup");
................................................................................
@ }
;

/*
** Return the ticket common code.
*/
const char *ticket_common_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-common", zDefaultTicketCommon);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_com
** Administrative page used to define TH1 script that is
** common to all ticket screens.
*/
................................................................................
@ return
;

/*
** Return the ticket change code.
*/
const char *ticket_change_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-change", zDefaultTicketChange);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_change
** Adminstrative screen used to view or edit the TH1 script
** that shows ticket changes.
*/
................................................................................
@ </table>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the new ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_newpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-newpage", zDefaultNew);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_newpage
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script used
** to enter new tickets.
*/
................................................................................
;


/*
** Return the code used to generate the view ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_viewpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-viewpage", zDefaultView);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_viewpage
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script that
** displays individual tickets.
*/
................................................................................
@ </table>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the edit ticket page
*/
const char *ticket_editpage_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-editpage", zDefaultEdit);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_editpage
** Administrative page for viewing or editing the TH1 script that
** drives the ticket editing page.
*/
................................................................................
@ </th1>
;

/*
** Return the code used to generate the report list
*/
const char *ticket_reportlist_code(void){
  return db_get("ticket-reportlist", zDefaultReportList);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_reportlist
** Administrative page used to view or edit the TH1 script that
** defines the "report list" page.
*/
................................................................................
;


/*
** Return the template ticket report format:
*/
const char *ticket_key_template(void){
  return db_get("ticket-key-template", zDefaultKey);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tktsetup_keytplt
**
** Administrative page used to view or edit the Key template
** for tickets.

#if INTERFACE
/*
** Possible return values from the undo_maybe_save() routine.
*/
#define UNDO_NONE     (0) /* Placeholder only used to initialize vars. */
#define UNDO_SAVED_OK (1) /* The specified file was saved succesfully. */

#define UNDO_INACTIVE (2) /* File not saved, subsystem is not active. */
#define UNDO_TOOBIG   (3) /* File not saved, it exceeded a size limit. */
#endif

/*
** Undo the change to the file zPathname.  zPathname is the pathname
** of the file relative to the root of the repository.  If redoFlag is
** true the redo a change.  If there is nothing to undo (or redo) then
** this routine is a noop.
................................................................................
    old_exists = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    old_exe = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    if( old_exists ){
      db_ephemeral_blob(&q, 0, &new);
    }
    if( old_exists ){
      if( new_exists ){
        fossil_print("%s %s\n", redoFlag ? "REDO" : "UNDO", zPathname);
      }else{
        fossil_print("NEW %s\n", zPathname);
      }
      if( new_exists && (new_link || old_link) ){
        file_delete(zFullname);
      }
      if( old_link ){
        symlink_create(blob_str(&new), zFullname);
      }else{
................................................................................

/*
** Save the current content of the file zPathname so that it
** will be undoable.  The name is relative to the root of the
** tree.
*/
void undo_save(const char *zPathname){

  if( undo_maybe_save(zPathname, -1)!=UNDO_SAVED_OK ){
    fossil_panic("failed to save undo information for path: %s",
                 zPathname);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
**          value less than zero, call the undo_save()
**          function instead.
**
** The return value of this function will always be one of the
** following codes:
**
** UNDO_SAVED_OK: The specified file was saved succesfully.





**
** UNDO_INACTIVE: The specified file was NOT saved, because the
**                "undo subsystem" is not active.  This error
**                may indicate that a call to undo_begin() is
**                missing.
**
**   UNDO_TOOBIG: The specified file was NOT saved, because it
................................................................................
**                (i.e. unlimited).
*/
int undo_maybe_save(const char *zPathname, i64 limit){
  char *zFullname;
  i64 size;
  int result;


  if( !undoActive ) return UNDO_INACTIVE;
  zFullname = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
  size = file_wd_size(zFullname);
  if( limit<0 || size<=limit ){
    int existsFlag = (size>=0);
    int isLink = file_wd_islink(zFullname);
    Stmt q;
................................................................................
*/
const char *undo_save_message(int rc){
  static char zRc[32];

  switch( rc ){
    case UNDO_NONE:     return "undo is disabled for this operation";
    case UNDO_SAVED_OK: return "the save operation was successful";

    case UNDO_INACTIVE: return "the undo subsystem is inactive";
    case UNDO_TOOBIG:   return "the file is too big";
    default: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zRc), zRc, "of error code %d", rc);
    }
  }
  return zRc;

#if INTERFACE
/*
** Possible return values from the undo_maybe_save() routine.
*/
#define UNDO_NONE     (0) /* Placeholder only used to initialize vars. */
#define UNDO_SAVED_OK (1) /* The specified file was saved succesfully. */
#define UNDO_DISABLED (2) /* File not saved, subsystem is disabled. */
#define UNDO_INACTIVE (3) /* File not saved, subsystem is not active. */
#define UNDO_TOOBIG   (4) /* File not saved, it exceeded a size limit. */
#endif

/*
** Undo the change to the file zPathname.  zPathname is the pathname
** of the file relative to the root of the repository.  If redoFlag is
** true the redo a change.  If there is nothing to undo (or redo) then
** this routine is a noop.
................................................................................
    old_exists = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    old_exe = db_column_int(&q, 2);
    if( old_exists ){
      db_ephemeral_blob(&q, 0, &new);
    }
    if( old_exists ){
      if( new_exists ){
        fossil_print("%s   %s\n", redoFlag ? "REDO" : "UNDO", zPathname);
      }else{
        fossil_print("NEW    %s\n", zPathname);
      }
      if( new_exists && (new_link || old_link) ){
        file_delete(zFullname);
      }
      if( old_link ){
        symlink_create(blob_str(&new), zFullname);
      }else{
................................................................................

/*
** Save the current content of the file zPathname so that it
** will be undoable.  The name is relative to the root of the
** tree.
*/
void undo_save(const char *zPathname){
  if( undoDisable ) return;
  if( undo_maybe_save(zPathname, -1)!=UNDO_SAVED_OK ){
    fossil_panic("failed to save undo information for path: %s",
                 zPathname);
  }
}

/*
................................................................................
**          value less than zero, call the undo_save()
**          function instead.
**
** The return value of this function will always be one of the
** following codes:
**
** UNDO_SAVED_OK: The specified file was saved succesfully.
**
** UNDO_DISABLED: The specified file was NOT saved, because the
**                "undo subsystem" is disabled.  This error may
**                indicate that a call to undo_disable() was
**                issued.
**
** UNDO_INACTIVE: The specified file was NOT saved, because the
**                "undo subsystem" is not active.  This error
**                may indicate that a call to undo_begin() is
**                missing.
**
**   UNDO_TOOBIG: The specified file was NOT saved, because it
................................................................................
**                (i.e. unlimited).
*/
int undo_maybe_save(const char *zPathname, i64 limit){
  char *zFullname;
  i64 size;
  int result;

  if( undoDisable ) return UNDO_DISABLED;
  if( !undoActive ) return UNDO_INACTIVE;
  zFullname = mprintf("%s%s", g.zLocalRoot, zPathname);
  size = file_wd_size(zFullname);
  if( limit<0 || size<=limit ){
    int existsFlag = (size>=0);
    int isLink = file_wd_islink(zFullname);
    Stmt q;
................................................................................
*/
const char *undo_save_message(int rc){
  static char zRc[32];

  switch( rc ){
    case UNDO_NONE:     return "undo is disabled for this operation";
    case UNDO_SAVED_OK: return "the save operation was successful";
    case UNDO_DISABLED: return "the undo subsystem is disabled";
    case UNDO_INACTIVE: return "the undo subsystem is inactive";
    case UNDO_TOOBIG:   return "the file is too big";
    default: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zRc), zRc, "of error code %d", rc);
    }
  }
  return zRc;

      /* File added in the target. */
      if( file_wd_isfile_or_link(zFullPath) ){
        fossil_print("ADD %s - overwrites an unmanaged file\n", zName);
        nOverwrite++;
      }else{
        fossil_print("ADD %s\n", zName);
      }
      undo_save(zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && ridt!=ridv && (chnged==0 || deleted) ){
      /* The file is unedited.  Change it to the target version */
      undo_save(zName);
      if( deleted ){
        fossil_print("UPDATE %s - change to unmanaged file\n", zName);
      }else{
        fossil_print("UPDATE %s\n", zName);
      }

      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && !deleted && file_wd_size(zFullPath)<0 ){
      /* The file missing from the local check-out. Restore it to the
      ** version that appears in the target. */
      fossil_print("UPDATE %s\n", zName);
      undo_save(zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt==0 && idv>0 ){
      if( ridv==0 ){
        /* Added in current checkout.  Continue to hold the file as
        ** as an addition */
        db_multi_exec("UPDATE vfile SET vid=%d WHERE id=%d", tid, idv);
      }else if( chnged ){
................................................................................
        /* Edited locally but deleted from the target.  Do not track the
        ** file but keep the edited version around. */
        fossil_print("CONFLICT %s - edited locally but deleted by update\n",
                     zName);
        nConflict++;
      }else{
        fossil_print("REMOVE %s\n", zName);
        undo_save(zName);
        if( !dryRunFlag ) file_delete(zFullPath);
      }
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && ridt!=ridv && chnged ){
      /* Merge the changes in the current tree into the target version */
      Blob r, t, v;
      int rc;
      if( nameChng ){
................................................................................
        fossil_print("MERGE %s\n", zName);
      }
      if( islinkv || islinkt /* || file_wd_islink(zFullPath) */ ){
        fossil_print("***** Cannot merge symlink %s\n", zNewName);
        nConflict++;
      }else{
        unsigned mergeFlags = dryRunFlag ? MERGE_DRYRUN : 0;
        undo_save(zName);
        content_get(ridt, &t);
        content_get(ridv, &v);
        rc = merge_3way(&v, zFullPath, &t, &r, mergeFlags);
        if( rc>=0 ){
          if( !dryRunFlag ){
            blob_write_to_file(&r, zFullNewPath);
            file_wd_setexe(zFullNewPath, isexe);
................................................................................
  undo_begin();
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE torevert(name UNIQUE);");

  if( g.argc>2 ){
    for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
      Blob fname;
      zFile = mprintf("%/", g.argv[i]);

      file_tree_name(zFile, &fname, 0, 1);
      db_multi_exec(
        "REPLACE INTO torevert VALUES(%B);"
        "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO torevert"
        " SELECT pathname"
        "   FROM vfile"
        "  WHERE origname=%B;",
................................................................................
    zFile = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    zFull = mprintf("%/%/", g.zLocalRoot, zFile);
    errCode = historical_version_of_file(zRevision, zFile, &record,
                                         &isLink, &isExe, 0, 2);
    if( errCode==2 ){
      if( db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q OR origname=%Q",
                 zFile, zFile)==0 ){
        fossil_print("UNMANAGE: %s\n", zFile);
      }else{
        undo_save(zFile);
        file_delete(zFull);
        fossil_print("DELETE: %s\n", zFile);
      }
      db_multi_exec(
        "UPDATE OR REPLACE vfile"
        "   SET pathname=origname, origname=NULL"
        " WHERE pathname=%Q AND origname!=pathname;"
        "DELETE FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q",
        zFile, zFile
................................................................................
      }
      if( isLink ){
        symlink_create(blob_str(&record), zFull);
      }else{
        blob_write_to_file(&record, zFull);
      }
      file_wd_setexe(zFull, isExe);
      fossil_print("REVERTED: %s\n", zFile);
      mtime = file_wd_mtime(zFull);
      db_multi_exec(
         "UPDATE vfile"
         "   SET mtime=%lld, chnged=0, deleted=0, isexe=%d, islink=%d,mrid=rid"
         " WHERE pathname=%Q OR origname=%Q",
         mtime, isExe, isLink, zFile, zFile
      );

      /* File added in the target. */
      if( file_wd_isfile_or_link(zFullPath) ){
        fossil_print("ADD %s - overwrites an unmanaged file\n", zName);
        nOverwrite++;
      }else{
        fossil_print("ADD %s\n", zName);
      }
      if( !dryRunFlag && !internalUpdate ) undo_save(zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && ridt!=ridv && (chnged==0 || deleted) ){
      /* The file is unedited.  Change it to the target version */

      if( deleted ){
        fossil_print("UPDATE %s - change to unmanaged file\n", zName);
      }else{
        fossil_print("UPDATE %s\n", zName);
      }
      if( !dryRunFlag && !internalUpdate ) undo_save(zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && !deleted && file_wd_size(zFullPath)<0 ){
      /* The file missing from the local check-out. Restore it to the
      ** version that appears in the target. */
      fossil_print("UPDATE %s\n", zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag && !internalUpdate ) undo_save(zName);
      if( !dryRunFlag ) vfile_to_disk(0, idt, 0, 0);
    }else if( idt==0 && idv>0 ){
      if( ridv==0 ){
        /* Added in current checkout.  Continue to hold the file as
        ** as an addition */
        db_multi_exec("UPDATE vfile SET vid=%d WHERE id=%d", tid, idv);
      }else if( chnged ){
................................................................................
        /* Edited locally but deleted from the target.  Do not track the
        ** file but keep the edited version around. */
        fossil_print("CONFLICT %s - edited locally but deleted by update\n",
                     zName);
        nConflict++;
      }else{
        fossil_print("REMOVE %s\n", zName);
        if( !dryRunFlag && !internalUpdate ) undo_save(zName);
        if( !dryRunFlag ) file_delete(zFullPath);
      }
    }else if( idt>0 && idv>0 && ridt!=ridv && chnged ){
      /* Merge the changes in the current tree into the target version */
      Blob r, t, v;
      int rc;
      if( nameChng ){
................................................................................
        fossil_print("MERGE %s\n", zName);
      }
      if( islinkv || islinkt /* || file_wd_islink(zFullPath) */ ){
        fossil_print("***** Cannot merge symlink %s\n", zNewName);
        nConflict++;
      }else{
        unsigned mergeFlags = dryRunFlag ? MERGE_DRYRUN : 0;
        if( !dryRunFlag && !internalUpdate ) undo_save(zName);
        content_get(ridt, &t);
        content_get(ridv, &v);
        rc = merge_3way(&v, zFullPath, &t, &r, mergeFlags);
        if( rc>=0 ){
          if( !dryRunFlag ){
            blob_write_to_file(&r, zFullNewPath);
            file_wd_setexe(zFullNewPath, isexe);
................................................................................
  undo_begin();
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE torevert(name UNIQUE);");

  if( g.argc>2 ){
    for(i=2; i<g.argc; i++){
      Blob fname;
      zFile = mprintf("%/", g.argv[i]);
      blob_zero(&fname);
      file_tree_name(zFile, &fname, 0, 1);
      db_multi_exec(
        "REPLACE INTO torevert VALUES(%B);"
        "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO torevert"
        " SELECT pathname"
        "   FROM vfile"
        "  WHERE origname=%B;",
................................................................................
    zFile = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    zFull = mprintf("%/%/", g.zLocalRoot, zFile);
    errCode = historical_version_of_file(zRevision, zFile, &record,
                                         &isLink, &isExe, 0, 2);
    if( errCode==2 ){
      if( db_int(0, "SELECT rid FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q OR origname=%Q",
                 zFile, zFile)==0 ){
        fossil_print("UNMANAGE %s\n", zFile);
      }else{
        undo_save(zFile);
        file_delete(zFull);
        fossil_print("DELETE   %s\n", zFile);
      }
      db_multi_exec(
        "UPDATE OR REPLACE vfile"
        "   SET pathname=origname, origname=NULL"
        " WHERE pathname=%Q AND origname!=pathname;"
        "DELETE FROM vfile WHERE pathname=%Q",
        zFile, zFile
................................................................................
      }
      if( isLink ){
        symlink_create(blob_str(&record), zFull);
      }else{
        blob_write_to_file(&record, zFull);
      }
      file_wd_setexe(zFull, isExe);
      fossil_print("REVERT   %s\n", zFile);
      mtime = file_wd_mtime(zFull);
      db_multi_exec(
         "UPDATE vfile"
         "   SET mtime=%lld, chnged=0, deleted=0, isexe=%d, islink=%d,mrid=rid"
         " WHERE pathname=%Q OR origname=%Q",
         mtime, isExe, isLink, zFile, zFile
      );

                   &privSetSize, &grantedAccess, &accessYesNo) ){
    /*
     * Unable to perform access check.
     */

    rc = -1; goto done;
  }
  if( !accessYesNo ) rc = -1;



done:

  if( hToken != NULL ){
    CloseHandle(hToken);
  }
  if( impersonated ){

                   &privSetSize, &grantedAccess, &accessYesNo) ){
    /*
     * Unable to perform access check.
     */

    rc = -1; goto done;
  }
  if( !accessYesNo ){
    rc = -1;
  }

done:

  if( hToken != NULL ){
    CloseHandle(hToken);
  }
  if( impersonated ){

  }
  if( P("setup") ){
    cgi_redirect("xfersetup");
  }
  isSubmit = P("submit")!=0;
  z = P("x");
  if( z==0 ){
    z = db_get(zDbField, (char*)zDfltValue);
  }
  style_header("Edit %s", zTitle);
  if( P("clear")!=0 ){
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_unset(zDbField, 0);
    if( xRebuild ) xRebuild();
    z = zDfltValue;

  }
  if( P("setup") ){
    cgi_redirect("xfersetup");
  }
  isSubmit = P("submit")!=0;
  z = P("x");
  if( z==0 ){
    z = db_get(zDbField, zDfltValue);
  }
  style_header("Edit %s", zTitle);
  if( P("clear")!=0 ){
    login_verify_csrf_secret();
    db_unset(zDbField, 0);
    if( xRebuild ) xRebuild();
    z = zDfltValue;

#
# Tests for the "amend" command.
#

proc short_uuid {uuid {len 10}} {
  string range $uuid 0 $len-1
}

proc artifact_from_timeline {res var} {
  upvar $var artid
  regexp {(?x)[0-9]{2}(?::[0-9]{2}){2}\s+\[([0-9a-f]+)]} $res m artid
}

proc manifest_comment {comment} {
  string map [list { } {\\s} \n {\\n} \r {\\r}] $comment
}

proc uuid_from_commit {res var} {
  upvar $var UUID
  regexp {^New_Version: ([0-9a-f]{40})$} $res m UUID
}

proc uuid_from_branch {res var} {
  upvar $var UUID
  regexp {^New branch: ([0-9a-f]{40})$} $res m UUID
}

proc uuid_from_checkout {var} {
  global RESULT
  upvar $var UUID
  fossil status
  regexp {checkout:\s+([0-9a-f]{40})} $RESULT m UUID
}

# Make sure we are not in an open repository and initialize new repository
repo_init

########################################
# Setup: Add file and commit           #
########################################

if {![uuid_from_checkout UUIDINIT]} {
  test amend-checkout-failure false
  return
}
write_file datafile "data"
fossil add datafile
fossil commit -m "c1"
if {![uuid_from_commit $RESULT UUID]} {
  test amend-setup-failure false
  return
}

########################################
# Test: -branch                        #
########################################
set UUIDB UUIDB
write_file datafile "data.file"
fossil commit -m "c2"
if {![uuid_from_commit $RESULT UUIDB]} {
  test amend-branch.setup false
}
fossil amend $UUIDB -branch amended-branch
test amend-branch-1.1 {[regexp {tags:\s+amended-branch} $RESULT]}
fossil branch ls
test amend-branch-1.2 {[string first "* amended-branch" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil tag list
test amend-branch-1.3 {[string first amended-branch $RESULT] != -1}
fossil tag list --raw $UUIDB
test amend-branch-1.4 {[string first "branch=amended-branch" $RESULT] != -1}
test amend-branch-1.5 {[string first "sym-amended-branch" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-branch-1.6 {[string match {*Move*to*branch*amended-branch*} $RESULT]}

########################################
# Test: -bgcolor                       #
########################################
set tc 0
foreach {color result} {
  0 0
  a a
  abcdef #abcdef
  abc123 #abc123
  123efg 123efg
  abcdefg abcdefg
  abcdeg abcdeg
  blue blue
  acf #acf
  123 #123
  #1234 #1234
  1234 1234
  123456 #123456
} {
  incr tc
  fossil amend $UUID -bgcolor $color
  test amend-bgcolor-1.$tc.a {[string match "*uuid:*$UUID*" $RESULT]}
  fossil tag list --raw $UUID
  test amend-bgcolor-1.$tc.b {[string first "bgcolor=$result" $RESULT] != -1}
  fossil timeline -n 1
  test amend-bgcolor-1.$tc.c {
    [string match "*Change*background*color*to*\"$result\"*" $RESULT]
  }
  if {[artifact_from_timeline $RESULT artid]} {
    fossil artifact $artid
    test amend-bgcolor-1.$tc.d {
      [string match "*T +bgcolor $UUID $result*" $RESULT]
    }
  } else {
    if {$VERBOSE} { protOut "No artifact found in timeline output" }
    test amend-bgcolor-1.$tc.d false
  }
}
fossil amend $UUID -bgcolor {}
test amend-bgcolor-2.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUID*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag list --raw $UUID
test amend-bgcolor-2.2 {
  [string first "bgcolor=" $RESULT] == -1 &&
  [string first "bgcolor" $RESULT] != -1
}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-bgcolor-2.3 {[string match "*Cancel*background*color.*" $RESULT]}
if {[artifact_from_timeline $RESULT artid]} {
  fossil artifact $artid
  test amend-bgcolor-2.4 {[string match "*T -bgcolor $UUID*" $RESULT]}
} else {
  if {$VERBOSE} { protOut "No artifact found in timeline output" }
  test amend-bgcolor-2.4 false
}

########################################
# Test: -branchcolor                   #
########################################
set UUID2 UUID2
fossil branch new brclr $UUID
if {![uuid_from_branch $RESULT UUID2]} {
  test amend-branchcolor.setup false
}
fossil update $UUID2
fossil amend $UUID2 -branchcolor yellow
test amend-branchcolor-1.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUID2*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw $UUID2
test amend-branchcolor-1.2 {[string first "bgcolor=yellow" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-branchcolor-1.3 {
  [string match {*Change*branch*background*color*to*"yellow".*} $RESULT]
}
if {[regexp {(?x)[0-9]{2}(?::[0-9]{2}){2}\s+\[([0-9a-f]+)]} $RESULT m artid]} {
  fossil artifact $artid
  test amend-branchcolor-1.4 {
    [string match "*T \*bgcolor $UUID2 yellow*" $RESULT]
  }
} else {
  if {$VERBOSE} { protOut "No artifact found in timeline output" }
  test amend-branchcolor-1.4 false
}

set UUIDN UUIDN
write_file datafile "brclr"
fossil commit -m "brclr"
if {![uuid_from_commit $RESULT UUIDN]} {
  test amend-branchcolor-propagating.setup false
}
write_file datafile "bc1"
fossil commit -m "mc1"
write_file datafile "bc2"
fossil commit -m "mc2"
fossil amend $UUIDN -branchcolor deadbe
test amend-branchcolor-2.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUIDN*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw current
test amend-branchcolor-2.2 {[string first "bgcolor=#deadbe" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-branchcolor-2.3 {
  [string match {*Change*branch*background*color*to*"#deadbe".*} $RESULT]
}

########################################
# Test: -author                        #
########################################
fossil amend $UUID -author author-test
test amend-author-1.1 {[string match {*comment:*(user:*author-test)*} $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw $UUID
test amend-author-1.2 {[string first "user=author-test" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-author-1.3 {[string match {*Change*user*to*"author-test".*} $RESULT]}

########################################
# Test: -date                          #
########################################
set timestamp [clock scan yesterday]
set date [clock format $timestamp -format "%Y-%m-%d" -gmt 1]
set time [clock format $timestamp -format "%H:%M:%S" -gmt 1]
set datetime "$date $time"
fossil amend $UUIDINIT -date $datetime
test amend-date-1.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUIDINIT*$datetime*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw $UUIDINIT
test amend-date-1.2 {[string first "date=$datetime" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-date-1.3 {[string match "*Timestamp*$date*$time*" $RESULT]}
set badformats {
  "%+"
  "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M%:%S %Z"
  "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M%:%S %Z"
  "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M%:%S"
  "%d/%m/%Y"
}
set sc 0
foreach badformat $badformats {
  incr sc
  set datetime [clock format $timestamp -format $badformat -gmt 1]
  fossil amend $UUIDINIT -date $datetime
  test amend-date-2.$sc {[string first "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS" $RESULT] != -1}
}

########################################
# Test: -hide                          #
########################################
set UUIDH UUIDH
fossil revert
fossil update trunk
fossil branch new tohide current
if {![uuid_from_branch $RESULT UUIDH]} {
  test amend-hide-setup false
}
fossil amend $UUIDH -hide
test amend-hide-1.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUIDH*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw $UUIDH
test amend-hide-1.2 {[string first "hidden" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-hide-1.3 {[string match {*Add*propagating*"hidden".*} $RESULT]}

########################################
# Test: -close                          #
########################################
set UUIDC UUIDC
fossil branch new cllf $UUID
if {![uuid_from_branch $RESULT UUIDC]} {
  test amend-close.setup false
}
fossil update $UUIDC
fossil amend $UUIDC -close
test amend-close-1.1.a {[string match "*uuid:*$UUIDC*" $RESULT]}
test amend-close-1.1.b {
  [string match "*comment:*Create*new*branch*named*\"cllf\"*" $RESULT]
}
fossil tag ls --raw $UUIDC
test amend-close-1.2 {[string first "closed" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-close-1.3 {[string match {*Marked*"Closed".*} $RESULT]}
write_file datafile "cllf"
fossil commit -m "should fail"
test amend-close-2 {[string first "closed leaf" $RESULT] != -1}

set UUID3 UUID3
fossil revert
fossil update trunk
write_file datafile "cb"
fossil commit -m "closed-branch" --branch "closebranch"
if {![uuid_from_commit $RESULT UUID3]} {
  test amend-close-3.setup false
}
write_file datafile "b1"
fossil commit -m "m1"
write_file datafile "b2"
fossil commit -m "m2"
fossil amend $UUID3 --close
test amend-close-3.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUID3*" $RESULT]}
fossil tag ls --raw current
test amend-close-3.2 {[string first "closed" $RESULT] != -1}
fossil timeline -n 1
test amend-close-3.3 {
  [string match "*Add*propagating*\"closed\".*" $RESULT]
}
write_file datafile "changed"
fossil commit -m "should fail"
test amend-close-3.4 {[string first "closed leaf" $RESULT] != -1}

########################################
# Test: -tag/-cancel                   #
########################################
set tagtests {
  tagged tagged
  {000000 lower Upper alpha 0alpha} {000000 0alpha Upper alpha lower}
}
set tc 0
foreach {tagt result} $tagtests {
  incr tc
  set tags {}
  set cancels {}
  set t1exp ""
  set t2exp "*"
  set t3exp "*"
  set t5exp "*"
  foreach tag $tagt { 
    lappend tags -tag $tag
    lappend cancels -cancel $tag
  }
  foreach res $result {
    append t1exp ", $res"
    append t2exp "sym-$res*"
    append t3exp "Add*tag*\"$res\".*"
    append t5exp "Cancel*tag*\"$res\".*"
  }
  eval fossil amend $UUID $tags
  test amend-tag-$tc.1 {[string match "*uuid:*$UUID*tags:*$t1exp*" $RESULT]}
  fossil tag ls --raw $UUID
  test amend-tag-$tc.2 {[string match $t2exp $RESULT]}
  fossil timeline -n 1
  test amend-tag-$tc.3 {[string match $t3exp $RESULT]}
  eval fossil amend $UUID $cancels
  test amend-tag-$tc.4 {![string match "*tags:*$t1exp*" $RESULT]}
  fossil timeline -n 1
  test amend-tag-$tc.5 {[string match $t5exp $RESULT]}
}

########################################
# Test: -comment                       #
########################################
proc prep-test {comment content} {
  global UUID RESULT

  fossil revert
  fossil update trunk
  write_file datafile $comment
  fossil commit -m $content
  if {![uuid_from_commit $RESULT UUID]} {
    set UUID ""
  }
}

proc test-comment {name UUID comment} {
  global VERBOSE RESULT

  test amend-comment-$name.1 {
    [string match "*uuid:*$UUID*comment:*$comment*" $RESULT]
  }
  fossil timeline -n 1
  if {[artifact_from_timeline $RESULT artid]} {
    fossil artifact $artid
    test amend-comment-$name.2 {
      [string match "*T +comment $UUID *[manifest_comment $comment]*" $RESULT]
    }
  } else {
    if {$VERBOSE} { protOut "No artifact found in timeline output: $RESULT" }
    test amend-comment-$name.2 false
  }
  fossil timeline -n 1
  test amend-comment-$name.3 {
    [string match "*[short_uuid $UUID]*Edit*check-in*comment.*" $RESULT]
  }
  fossil info $UUID
  test amend-comment-$name.4 {
    [string match "*uuid:*$UUID*comment:*$comment*" $RESULT]
  }
}

prep-test "revision 1" "revision 1"
fossil amend $UUID -comment "revised revision 1"
test-comment 1 $UUID "revised revision 1"

prep-test "revision 2" "revision 2"
fossil amend $UUID -m "revised revision 2 with -m"
test-comment 2 $UUID "revised revision 2 with -m"

prep-test "revision 3" "revision 3"
write_file commitmsg "revision 3 revised"
fossil amend $UUID -message-file commitmsg
test-comment 3 $UUID "revision 3 revised"

prep-test "revision 4" "revision 4"
write_file commitmsg "revision 4 revised with -M"
fossil amend $UUID -M commitmsg
test-comment 4 $UUID "revision 4 revised with -M"

prep-test "final comment" "final content"
if {[catch {exec which ed} result]} {
  if {$VERBOSE} { protOut "Install ed for interactive comment test: $result" }
  test-comment 5 $UUID "ed required for interactive edit"
} else {
  set env(EDITOR) "ed -s"
  set comment "interactive edited comment"
  fossil_maybe_answer "a\n$comment\n.\nw\nq\n" amend $UUID --edit-comment
  unset env(EDITOR)
  test-comment 5 $UUID $comment
}

########################################
# Test: NULL UUID                      #
########################################
fossil amend {} -close
test amend-null-uuid {$CODE && [string first "no such check-in" $RESULT] != -1}

    test merge5-$testid 0
  } else {
    test merge5-$testid 1
  }    
}

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res
puts res=$res
if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}
#
# Fossil will write data on $HOME, running 'fossil open' here.
# We need not to clutter the $HOME of the test caller.

    test merge5-$testid 0
  } else {
    test merge5-$testid 1
  }    
}

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res

if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}
#
# Fossil will write data on $HOME, running 'fossil open' here.
# We need not to clutter the $HOME of the test caller.

#
# Tests for merging with renames
#
#

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res
puts res=$res
if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

######################################
#  Test 1                            #

#
# Tests for merging with renames
#
#

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res

if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

######################################
#  Test 1                            #

#
############################################################################
#
# MV / RM Commands
#

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res
puts res=$res
if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

########################################
# Setup: Add Files and Commit          #

#
############################################################################
#
# MV / RM Commands
#

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res

if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

########################################
# Setup: Add Files and Commit          #

    test revert-$testid$key $passed
  }
  
  fossil undo
}

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res
puts res=$res
if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

repo_init

    test revert-$testid$key $passed
  }
  
  fossil undo
}

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res

if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

repo_init

#
# Copyright (c) 2011 D. Richard Hipp
# Copyright (c) 2015 Ch. Drexler
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the Simplified BSD License (also
# known as the "2-Clause License" or "FreeBSD License".)
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
# merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
#
# Author contact information:
#   drh@hwaci.com
#   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
#
#   Chris Drexler <ckolumbus@ac-drexler.de>
#
############################################################################
#
# TH1 tests that may modify the repository
#

catch {exec $::fossilexe info} res
if {![regexp {use --repository} $res]} {
  puts stderr "Cannot run this test within an open checkout"
  return
}

########################################
# Setup: Add Files and Commit          #
########################################

set rootDir [file normalize [pwd]]

repo_init

write_file f1.md  "f1"
write_file f2.md  "f2"
write_file f3.txt "f3"
write_file f4.md  "f4"

file mkdir [file join $rootDir subdirA]
# NOTE: There are no files in subdirA.

file mkdir [file join $rootDir subdirB]
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirB f5.md] "f5"
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirB f6.md] "f6"
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirB f7.txt] "f7"
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirB f8.md] "f8"
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirB f9.wiki] "f9"

file mkdir [file join $rootDir subdirC]
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirC f10.md] "f10"
write_file [file join $rootDir subdirC f11t.xt] "f11"

set files_md [list subdirB/f5.md subdirB/f6.md subdirB/f8.md subdirC/f10.md]

fossil add $rootDir
fossil commit -m "c1"

set dir [file dirname [info script]]

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval --open-config "dir trunk subdir*/*.md"
test th1-dir-1 {[llength $RESULT] eq [llength $files_md]}

set n 1
foreach i $RESULT j $files_md {
   test th1-dir-2.$n {$i eq $j}
   set n [expr {$n + 1}]
}

###############################################################################

set dateTime {\d{4}-\d{2}-\d{2} \d{2}:\d{2}:\d{2}}
fossil test-th-eval --open-config "dir trunk subdir*/*.md 1"
test th1-dir-3.1 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 0] 0] eq "subdirB/f5.md"}
test th1-dir-3.2 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 0] 1] == 2}
test th1-dir-3.3 {[regexp -- $dateTime [lindex [lindex $RESULT 0] 2]]}
test th1-dir-3.4 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 1] 0] eq "subdirB/f6.md"}
test th1-dir-3.5 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 1] 1] == 2}
test th1-dir-3.6 {[regexp -- $dateTime [lindex [lindex $RESULT 1] 2]]}
test th1-dir-3.7 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 2] 0] eq "subdirB/f8.md"}
test th1-dir-3.8 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 2] 1] == 2}
test th1-dir-3.9 {[regexp -- $dateTime [lindex [lindex $RESULT 2] 2]]}
test th1-dir-3.10 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 3] 0] eq "subdirC/f10.md"}
test th1-dir-3.11 {[lindex [lindex $RESULT 3] 1] == 3}
test th1-dir-3.12 {[regexp -- $dateTime [lindex [lindex $RESULT 3] 2]]}

#   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
#
############################################################################
#
# TH1 Commands
#





fossil test-th-eval --open-config "setting th1-hooks"
set th1Hooks [expr {$RESULT eq "1"}]

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval --open-config "setting abc"
test th1-setting-1 {$RESULT eq ""}
................................................................................

#
# NOTE: This test may fail if the command names do not always come
#       out in a deterministic order from TH1.
#
fossil test-th-eval "info commands"
test th1-info-commands-1 {$RESULT eq {linecount htmlize date stime\
enable_output uplevel http expr glob_match utime styleFooter catch if\
tclReady searchable reinitialize combobox lindex query html anoncap randhex\
llength for set break regexp styleHeader puts return checkout decorate\
artifact trace wiki proc hascap globalState continue getParameter\
hasfeature setting lsearch breakpoint upvar render repository string unset\
setParameter list error info rename anycap httpize}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval "info vars"
test th1-info-vars-1 {$RESULT eq ""}
................................................................................
fossil test-th-eval {list [glob_match a?c abc] [glob_match abc a?c]}
test th1-glob-match-12 {$RESULT eq "1 0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {list [glob_match {a[bd]c} abc] [glob_match abc {a[bd]c}]}
test th1-glob-match-13 {$RESULT eq "1 0"}

#   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
#
############################################################################
#
# TH1 Commands
#

set dir [file dirname [info script]]

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval --open-config "setting th1-hooks"
set th1Hooks [expr {$RESULT eq "1"}]

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval --open-config "setting abc"
test th1-setting-1 {$RESULT eq ""}
................................................................................

#
# NOTE: This test may fail if the command names do not always come
#       out in a deterministic order from TH1.
#
fossil test-th-eval "info commands"
test th1-info-commands-1 {$RESULT eq {linecount htmlize date stime\
enable_output uplevel dir http expr glob_match utime styleFooter encode64\
catch if tclReady searchable reinitialize combobox lindex query html anoncap\
randhex llength for set break regexp markdown styleHeader puts return checkout\
decorate artifact trace wiki proc hascap globalState continue getParameter\
hasfeature setting lsearch breakpoint upvar render repository string unset\
setParameter list error info rename anycap httpize}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval "info vars"
test th1-info-vars-1 {$RESULT eq ""}
................................................................................
fossil test-th-eval {list [glob_match a?c abc] [glob_match abc a?c]}
test th1-glob-match-12 {$RESULT eq "1 0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {list [glob_match {a[bd]c} abc] [glob_match abc {a[bd]c}]}
test th1-glob-match-13 {$RESULT eq "1 0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is}
test th1-string-is-1 {$RESULT eq \
{TH_ERROR: wrong # args: should be "string is class string"}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is something}
test th1-string-is-2 {$RESULT eq \
{TH_ERROR: wrong # args: should be "string is class string"}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is not something else}
test th1-string-is-3 {$RESULT eq \
{TH_ERROR: wrong # args: should be "string is class string"}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is other 123}
test th1-string-is-4 {$RESULT eq \
"TH_ERROR: Expected alnum, double, integer, or list, got: other"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum 123}
test th1-string-is-5 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum abc}
test th1-string-is-6 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum 123abc}
test th1-string-is-7 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum abc123}
test th1-string-is-8 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum _abc123}
test th1-string-is-9 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum abc.123}
test th1-string-is-10 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is alnum abc123_}
test th1-string-is-11 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list ""}
test th1-string-is-12 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list 1}
test th1-string-is-13 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list "1 2 3"}
test th1-string-is-14 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list "\{"}
test th1-string-is-15 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list "1 2 3 \{"}
test th1-string-is-16 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list "1 2 3 \{\}"}
test th1-string-is-17 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is list "1 2 3 \{\{\}"}
test th1-string-is-18 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is double 123}
test th1-string-is-19 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is double 123.456}
test th1-string-is-20 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is double 123abc}
test th1-string-is-21 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is double 123_456}
test th1-string-is-22 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 123}
test th1-string-is-23 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 123.456}
test th1-string-is-24 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 123abc}
test th1-string-is-25 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0b11001001}
test th1-string-is-26 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0b11001002}
test th1-string-is-27 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0o777}
test th1-string-is-28 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0o778}
test th1-string-is-29 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0xC0DEF00D}
test th1-string-is-30 {$RESULT eq "1"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {string is integer 0xC0DEF00Z}
test th1-string-is-31 {$RESULT eq "0"}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {markdown}
test th1-markdown-1 {$RESULT eq \
{TH_ERROR: wrong # args: should be "markdown STRING"}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {markdown one two}
test th1-markdown-2 {$RESULT eq \
{TH_ERROR: wrong # args: should be "markdown STRING"}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {markdown "*This is a test.*"}
test th1-markdown-3 {[normalize_result] eq {{} {<div class="markdown">

<p><em>This is a test.</em></p>

</div>
}}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {markdown "Test1\n=====\n*This is a test.*"}
test th1-markdown-4 {[normalize_result] eq {Test1 {<div class="markdown">

<h1>Test1</h1>
<p><em>This is a test.</em></p>

</div>
}}}

###############################################################################

set markdown [read_file [file join $dir markdown-test1.md]]
fossil test-th-eval [string map \
    [list %markdown% $markdown] {markdown {%markdown%}}]
test th1-markdown-5 {[normalize_result] eq \
{{Markdown Formatter Test Document} {<div class="markdown">

<h1>Markdown Formatter Test Document</h1>
<p>This document is designed to test the markdown formatter.</p>

<ul>
<li>A bullet item.

<ul>
<li>A subitem</li>
</ul></li>
<li>Second bullet</li>
</ul>

<p>More text</p>

<ol>
<li>Enumeration
1.1.  Subitem 1
1.2.  Subitem 2</li>
<li>Second enumeration.</li>
</ol>

<p>Another paragraph.</p>

<h2>Other Features</h2>
<p>Text can show <em>emphasis</em> or <em>emphasis</em> or <strong>strong emphassis</strong>.</p>

</div>
}}}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {encode64 test}
test th1-encode64-1 {$RESULT eq "dGVzdA=="}

###############################################################################

fossil test-th-eval {encode64 test\x00}
test th1-encode64-2 {$RESULT eq "dGVzdAA="}

###############################################################################

#
# TODO: Modify the result of this test if the source file (i.e.
#       "ajax/cgi-bin/fossil-json.cgi.example") changes.
#
fossil test-th-eval --open-config \
    {encode64 [artifact trunk ajax/cgi-bin/fossil-json.cgi.example]}

test th1-encode64-3 {$RESULT eq \
"IyEvcGF0aC90by9mb3NzaWwvYmluYXJ5CnJlcG9zaXRvcnk6IC9wYXRoL3RvL3JlcG8uZnNsCg=="}

# individuals.  For exact contribution history, see the revision
# history and logs, available at http://fossil-scm.hwaci.com/fossil
# # ## ### ##### ######## ############# #####################

## Helper application, debugging of cvs2fossil. This application
## extracts all information about a changeset and writes it nicely
## formatted to stdout. The changeset is specified by its internal
## numerical id. 

# # ## ### ##### ######## ############# #####################
## Requirements, extended package management for local packages.

lappend auto_path [file join [file dirname [info script]] lib]

package require Tcl 8.4                               ; # Required runtime.

# individuals.  For exact contribution history, see the revision
# history and logs, available at http://fossil-scm.hwaci.com/fossil
# # ## ### ##### ######## ############# #####################

## Helper application, debugging of cvs2fossil. This application
## extracts all information about a changeset and writes it nicely
## formatted to stdout. The changeset is specified by its internal
## numerical id.

# # ## ### ##### ######## ############# #####################
## Requirements, extended package management for local packages.

lappend auto_path [file join [file dirname [info script]] lib]

package require Tcl 8.4                               ; # Required runtime.

	foreach item [array names limits] {
	    set mins $minsa($item)
	    set maxp $maxp($item)
	    # Note that for the min successor position "" represents
	    # +infinity
	    integrity assert {
		($mins eq "") || ($maxp < $mins) 
	    } {Item <$item> is backward at file level ($maxp >= $mins)}
	}

	# Save the limits for the splitter, and compute the border at
	# which to split as the minimum of all minimal successor
	# positions.

	foreach item [array names limits] {
	    set mins $minsa($item)
	    set maxp $maxp($item)
	    # Note that for the min successor position "" represents
	    # +infinity
	    integrity assert {
		($mins eq "") || ($maxp < $mins)
	    } {Item <$item> is backward at file level ($maxp >= $mins)}
	}

	# Save the limits for the splitter, and compute the border at
	# which to split as the minimum of all minimal successor
	# positions.

    # List of all known changesets of a type.
    typevariable mytchangesets -array {
	sym::branch {}
	sym::tag    {}
	rev         {}
    }
					
    typevariable myitemmap     -array {} ; # Map from items (tagged)
					   # to the list of changesets
					   # containing it. Each item
					   # can be used by only one
					   # changeset.
    typevariable myidmap   -array {} ; # Map from changeset id to
				       # changeset.

    # List of all known changesets of a type.
    typevariable mytchangesets -array {
	sym::branch {}
	sym::tag    {}
	rev         {}
    }

    typevariable myitemmap     -array {} ; # Map from items (tagged)
					   # to the list of changesets
					   # containing it. Each item
					   # can be used by only one
					   # changeset.
    typevariable myidmap   -array {} ; # Map from changeset id to
				       # changeset.

	variable lcba
	variable lmba
	variable mid

	struct::list assign [minfo] _ _ _ cba _ mba

	set dc [expr $cba - $lcba] ; set lcba $cba	
	set dm [expr $mba - $lmba] ; set lmba $mba	

	# projection: 1          2 3          4 5         6 7          6 8         10
	return "[F [incr mid]] | [F $cba] | [F $dc] | [F $mba] | [F $dm] |=| "
    }

    proc mark {} {
	variable track ; if {!$track} return

	variable lcba
	variable lmba
	variable mid

	struct::list assign [minfo] _ _ _ cba _ mba

	set dc [expr $cba - $lcba] ; set lcba $cba
	set dm [expr $mba - $lmba] ; set lmba $mba

	# projection: 1          2 3          4 5         6 7          6 8         10
	return "[F [incr mid]] | [F $cba] | [F $dc] | [F $mba] | [F $dm] |=| "
    }

    proc mark {} {
	variable track ; if {!$track} return

	while ( $text =~ m/\[([^][]+)\]/g )
	{
		push @links,$1;
	}

	$numlinks = $#links;

	if (@links == ()) 
	{
		push @terminals, $page;
	}
	else
	{
		my @internals = grep { $_ !~ /(http:)|(mailto:)|(https:)/ } @links;
		if (@internals == ()) 
		{
			push @nointernals, $page;
		}
		else
		{
			@{$links{$page}{'links'}} = map {my ($a,$b) = split /\|/; $a;} @internals;
			foreach $internal ( @internals )
................................................................................
foreach $link ( keys %badlinks )
{
	print ("badlink: '$link'\n");
}
foreach $page ( sort keys %links )
{
	my @links = @{$links{$page}{'links'}};
	if (@links != ()) 
	{
		if ($page eq $mainpage)
		{
			print "links: *** '$page' *** -> ", join (", ", @links), "\n";
		}
		else
		{
			print "links: '$page' -> ", join (", ", @links), "\n";
		}
	}
}

	while ( $text =~ m/\[([^][]+)\]/g )
	{
		push @links,$1;
	}

	$numlinks = $#links;

	if (@links == ())
	{
		push @terminals, $page;
	}
	else
	{
		my @internals = grep { $_ !~ /(http:)|(mailto:)|(https:)/ } @links;
		if (@internals == ())
		{
			push @nointernals, $page;
		}
		else
		{
			@{$links{$page}{'links'}} = map {my ($a,$b) = split /\|/; $a;} @internals;
			foreach $internal ( @internals )
................................................................................
foreach $link ( keys %badlinks )
{
	print ("badlink: '$link'\n");
}
foreach $page ( sort keys %links )
{
	my @links = @{$links{$page}{'links'}};
	if (@links != ())
	{
		if ($page eq $mainpage)
		{
			print "links: *** '$page' *** -> ", join (", ", @links), "\n";
		}
		else
		{
			print "links: '$page' -> ", join (", ", @links), "\n";
		}
	}
}

UTILS_OBJ=$(UTILS:.exe=.obj)
UTILS_SRC=$(foreach uf,$(UTILS),$(SRCDIR)$(uf:.exe=.c))

# define the SQLite files, which need special flags on compile
SQLITESRC=sqlite3.c
ORIGSQLITESRC=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESRC),$(SRCDIR)$(sf))
SQLITEOBJ=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESRC),$(sf:.c=.obj))
SQLITEDEFINES=-DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI

# define the SQLite shell files, which need special flags on compile
SQLITESHELLSRC=shell.c
ORIGSQLITESHELLSRC=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESHELLSRC),$(SRCDIR)$(sf))
SQLITESHELLOBJ=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESHELLSRC),$(sf:.c=.obj))
SQLITESHELLDEFINES=-Dmain=sqlite3_shell -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open -Daccess=file_access -Dsystem=fossil_system -Dgetenv=fossil_getenv -Dfopen=fossil_fopen

UTILS_OBJ=$(UTILS:.exe=.obj)
UTILS_SRC=$(foreach uf,$(UTILS),$(SRCDIR)$(uf:.exe=.c))

# define the SQLite files, which need special flags on compile
SQLITESRC=sqlite3.c
ORIGSQLITESRC=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESRC),$(SRCDIR)$(sf))
SQLITEOBJ=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESRC),$(sf:.c=.obj))
SQLITEDEFINES=-DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI

# define the SQLite shell files, which need special flags on compile
SQLITESHELLSRC=shell.c
ORIGSQLITESHELLSRC=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESHELLSRC),$(SRCDIR)$(sf))
SQLITESHELLOBJ=$(foreach sf,$(SQLITESHELLSRC),$(sf:.c=.obj))
SQLITESHELLDEFINES=-Dmain=sqlite3_shell -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open -Daccess=file_access -Dsystem=fossil_system -Dgetenv=fossil_getenv -Dfopen=fossil_fopen

SSL    =

CFLAGS = -o
BCC    = $(DMDIR)\bin\dmc $(CFLAGS)
TCC    = $(DMDIR)\bin\dmc $(CFLAGS) $(DMCDEF) $(SSL) $(INCL)
LIBS   = $(DMDIR)\extra\lib\ zlib wsock32 advapi32

SQLITE_OPTIONS = -DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open -Daccess=file_access -Dsystem=fossil_system -Dgetenv=fossil_getenv -Dfopen=fossil_fopen

SRC   = add_.c allrepo_.c attach_.c bag_.c bisect_.c blob_.c branch_.c browse_.c builtin_.c bundle_.c cache_.c captcha_.c cgi_.c checkin_.c checkout_.c clearsign_.c clone_.c comformat_.c configure_.c content_.c db_.c delta_.c deltacmd_.c descendants_.c diff_.c diffcmd_.c doc_.c encode_.c event_.c export_.c file_.c finfo_.c foci_.c fusefs_.c glob_.c graph_.c gzip_.c http_.c http_socket_.c http_ssl_.c http_transport_.c import_.c info_.c json_.c json_artifact_.c json_branch_.c json_config_.c json_diff_.c json_dir_.c json_finfo_.c json_login_.c json_query_.c json_report_.c json_status_.c json_tag_.c json_timeline_.c json_user_.c json_wiki_.c leaf_.c loadctrl_.c login_.c lookslike_.c main_.c manifest_.c markdown_.c markdown_html_.c md5_.c merge_.c merge3_.c moderate_.c name_.c path_.c piechart_.c pivot_.c popen_.c pqueue_.c printf_.c publish_.c purge_.c rebuild_.c regexp_.c report_.c rss_.c schema_.c search_.c setup_.c sha1_.c shun_.c sitemap_.c skins_.c sqlcmd_.c stash_.c stat_.c statrep_.c style_.c sync_.c tag_.c tar_.c th_main_.c timeline_.c tkt_.c tktsetup_.c undo_.c unicode_.c update_.c url_.c user_.c utf8_.c util_.c verify_.c vfile_.c wiki_.c wikiformat_.c winfile_.c winhttp_.c wysiwyg_.c xfer_.c xfersetup_.c zip_.c 

OBJ   = $(OBJDIR)\add$O $(OBJDIR)\allrepo$O $(OBJDIR)\attach$O $(OBJDIR)\bag$O $(OBJDIR)\bisect$O $(OBJDIR)\blob$O $(OBJDIR)\branch$O $(OBJDIR)\browse$O $(OBJDIR)\builtin$O $(OBJDIR)\bundle$O $(OBJDIR)\cache$O $(OBJDIR)\captcha$O $(OBJDIR)\cgi$O $(OBJDIR)\checkin$O $(OBJDIR)\checkout$O $(OBJDIR)\clearsign$O $(OBJDIR)\clone$O $(OBJDIR)\comformat$O $(OBJDIR)\configure$O $(OBJDIR)\content$O $(OBJDIR)\db$O $(OBJDIR)\delta$O $(OBJDIR)\deltacmd$O $(OBJDIR)\descendants$O $(OBJDIR)\diff$O $(OBJDIR)\diffcmd$O $(OBJDIR)\doc$O $(OBJDIR)\encode$O $(OBJDIR)\event$O $(OBJDIR)\export$O $(OBJDIR)\file$O $(OBJDIR)\finfo$O $(OBJDIR)\foci$O $(OBJDIR)\fusefs$O $(OBJDIR)\glob$O $(OBJDIR)\graph$O $(OBJDIR)\gzip$O $(OBJDIR)\http$O $(OBJDIR)\http_socket$O $(OBJDIR)\http_ssl$O $(OBJDIR)\http_transport$O $(OBJDIR)\import$O $(OBJDIR)\info$O $(OBJDIR)\json$O $(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O $(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O $(OBJDIR)\json_config$O $(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O $(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O $(OBJDIR)\json_finfo$O $(OBJDIR)\json_login$O $(OBJDIR)\json_query$O $(OBJDIR)\json_report$O $(OBJDIR)\json_status$O $(OBJDIR)\json_tag$O $(OBJDIR)\json_timeline$O $(OBJDIR)\json_user$O $(OBJDIR)\json_wiki$O $(OBJDIR)\leaf$O $(OBJDIR)\loadctrl$O $(OBJDIR)\login$O $(OBJDIR)\lookslike$O $(OBJDIR)\main$O $(OBJDIR)\manifest$O $(OBJDIR)\markdown$O $(OBJDIR)\markdown_html$O $(OBJDIR)\md5$O $(OBJDIR)\merge$O $(OBJDIR)\merge3$O $(OBJDIR)\moderate$O $(OBJDIR)\name$O $(OBJDIR)\path$O $(OBJDIR)\piechart$O $(OBJDIR)\pivot$O $(OBJDIR)\popen$O $(OBJDIR)\pqueue$O $(OBJDIR)\printf$O $(OBJDIR)\publish$O $(OBJDIR)\purge$O $(OBJDIR)\rebuild$O $(OBJDIR)\regexp$O $(OBJDIR)\report$O $(OBJDIR)\rss$O $(OBJDIR)\schema$O $(OBJDIR)\search$O $(OBJDIR)\setup$O $(OBJDIR)\sha1$O $(OBJDIR)\shun$O $(OBJDIR)\sitemap$O $(OBJDIR)\skins$O $(OBJDIR)\sqlcmd$O $(OBJDIR)\stash$O $(OBJDIR)\stat$O $(OBJDIR)\statrep$O $(OBJDIR)\style$O $(OBJDIR)\sync$O $(OBJDIR)\tag$O $(OBJDIR)\tar$O $(OBJDIR)\th_main$O $(OBJDIR)\timeline$O $(OBJDIR)\tkt$O $(OBJDIR)\tktsetup$O $(OBJDIR)\undo$O $(OBJDIR)\unicode$O $(OBJDIR)\update$O $(OBJDIR)\url$O $(OBJDIR)\user$O $(OBJDIR)\utf8$O $(OBJDIR)\util$O $(OBJDIR)\verify$O $(OBJDIR)\vfile$O $(OBJDIR)\wiki$O $(OBJDIR)\wikiformat$O $(OBJDIR)\winfile$O $(OBJDIR)\winhttp$O $(OBJDIR)\wysiwyg$O $(OBJDIR)\xfer$O $(OBJDIR)\xfersetup$O $(OBJDIR)\zip$O $(OBJDIR)\shell$O $(OBJDIR)\sqlite3$O $(OBJDIR)\th$O $(OBJDIR)\th_lang$O 

SSL    =

CFLAGS = -o
BCC    = $(DMDIR)\bin\dmc $(CFLAGS)
TCC    = $(DMDIR)\bin\dmc $(CFLAGS) $(DMCDEF) $(SSL) $(INCL)
LIBS   = $(DMDIR)\extra\lib\ zlib wsock32 advapi32

SQLITE_OPTIONS = -DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=0 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 -DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) -DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open -Daccess=file_access -Dsystem=fossil_system -Dgetenv=fossil_getenv -Dfopen=fossil_fopen

SRC   = add_.c allrepo_.c attach_.c bag_.c bisect_.c blob_.c branch_.c browse_.c builtin_.c bundle_.c cache_.c captcha_.c cgi_.c checkin_.c checkout_.c clearsign_.c clone_.c comformat_.c configure_.c content_.c db_.c delta_.c deltacmd_.c descendants_.c diff_.c diffcmd_.c doc_.c encode_.c event_.c export_.c file_.c finfo_.c foci_.c fusefs_.c glob_.c graph_.c gzip_.c http_.c http_socket_.c http_ssl_.c http_transport_.c import_.c info_.c json_.c json_artifact_.c json_branch_.c json_config_.c json_diff_.c json_dir_.c json_finfo_.c json_login_.c json_query_.c json_report_.c json_status_.c json_tag_.c json_timeline_.c json_user_.c json_wiki_.c leaf_.c loadctrl_.c login_.c lookslike_.c main_.c manifest_.c markdown_.c markdown_html_.c md5_.c merge_.c merge3_.c moderate_.c name_.c path_.c piechart_.c pivot_.c popen_.c pqueue_.c printf_.c publish_.c purge_.c rebuild_.c regexp_.c report_.c rss_.c schema_.c search_.c setup_.c sha1_.c shun_.c sitemap_.c skins_.c sqlcmd_.c stash_.c stat_.c statrep_.c style_.c sync_.c tag_.c tar_.c th_main_.c timeline_.c tkt_.c tktsetup_.c undo_.c unicode_.c update_.c url_.c user_.c utf8_.c util_.c verify_.c vfile_.c wiki_.c wikiformat_.c winfile_.c winhttp_.c wysiwyg_.c xfer_.c xfersetup_.c zip_.c 

OBJ   = $(OBJDIR)\add$O $(OBJDIR)\allrepo$O $(OBJDIR)\attach$O $(OBJDIR)\bag$O $(OBJDIR)\bisect$O $(OBJDIR)\blob$O $(OBJDIR)\branch$O $(OBJDIR)\browse$O $(OBJDIR)\builtin$O $(OBJDIR)\bundle$O $(OBJDIR)\cache$O $(OBJDIR)\captcha$O $(OBJDIR)\cgi$O $(OBJDIR)\checkin$O $(OBJDIR)\checkout$O $(OBJDIR)\clearsign$O $(OBJDIR)\clone$O $(OBJDIR)\comformat$O $(OBJDIR)\configure$O $(OBJDIR)\content$O $(OBJDIR)\db$O $(OBJDIR)\delta$O $(OBJDIR)\deltacmd$O $(OBJDIR)\descendants$O $(OBJDIR)\diff$O $(OBJDIR)\diffcmd$O $(OBJDIR)\doc$O $(OBJDIR)\encode$O $(OBJDIR)\event$O $(OBJDIR)\export$O $(OBJDIR)\file$O $(OBJDIR)\finfo$O $(OBJDIR)\foci$O $(OBJDIR)\fusefs$O $(OBJDIR)\glob$O $(OBJDIR)\graph$O $(OBJDIR)\gzip$O $(OBJDIR)\http$O $(OBJDIR)\http_socket$O $(OBJDIR)\http_ssl$O $(OBJDIR)\http_transport$O $(OBJDIR)\import$O $(OBJDIR)\info$O $(OBJDIR)\json$O $(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O $(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O $(OBJDIR)\json_config$O $(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O $(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O $(OBJDIR)\json_finfo$O $(OBJDIR)\json_login$O $(OBJDIR)\json_query$O $(OBJDIR)\json_report$O $(OBJDIR)\json_status$O $(OBJDIR)\json_tag$O $(OBJDIR)\json_timeline$O $(OBJDIR)\json_user$O $(OBJDIR)\json_wiki$O $(OBJDIR)\leaf$O $(OBJDIR)\loadctrl$O $(OBJDIR)\login$O $(OBJDIR)\lookslike$O $(OBJDIR)\main$O $(OBJDIR)\manifest$O $(OBJDIR)\markdown$O $(OBJDIR)\markdown_html$O $(OBJDIR)\md5$O $(OBJDIR)\merge$O $(OBJDIR)\merge3$O $(OBJDIR)\moderate$O $(OBJDIR)\name$O $(OBJDIR)\path$O $(OBJDIR)\piechart$O $(OBJDIR)\pivot$O $(OBJDIR)\popen$O $(OBJDIR)\pqueue$O $(OBJDIR)\printf$O $(OBJDIR)\publish$O $(OBJDIR)\purge$O $(OBJDIR)\rebuild$O $(OBJDIR)\regexp$O $(OBJDIR)\report$O $(OBJDIR)\rss$O $(OBJDIR)\schema$O $(OBJDIR)\search$O $(OBJDIR)\setup$O $(OBJDIR)\sha1$O $(OBJDIR)\shun$O $(OBJDIR)\sitemap$O $(OBJDIR)\skins$O $(OBJDIR)\sqlcmd$O $(OBJDIR)\stash$O $(OBJDIR)\stat$O $(OBJDIR)\statrep$O $(OBJDIR)\style$O $(OBJDIR)\sync$O $(OBJDIR)\tag$O $(OBJDIR)\tar$O $(OBJDIR)\th_main$O $(OBJDIR)\timeline$O $(OBJDIR)\tkt$O $(OBJDIR)\tktsetup$O $(OBJDIR)\undo$O $(OBJDIR)\unicode$O $(OBJDIR)\update$O $(OBJDIR)\url$O $(OBJDIR)\user$O $(OBJDIR)\utf8$O $(OBJDIR)\util$O $(OBJDIR)\verify$O $(OBJDIR)\vfile$O $(OBJDIR)\wiki$O $(OBJDIR)\wikiformat$O $(OBJDIR)\winfile$O $(OBJDIR)\winhttp$O $(OBJDIR)\wysiwyg$O $(OBJDIR)\xfer$O $(OBJDIR)\xfersetup$O $(OBJDIR)\zip$O $(OBJDIR)\shell$O $(OBJDIR)\sqlite3$O $(OBJDIR)\th$O $(OBJDIR)\th_lang$O 

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#





#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1





#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Os -Wall

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g








endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif







# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \


                 -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI \
                 -D_HAVE__MINGW_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MSIZE

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#
# Some of the special options which can be passed to make
#   USE_WINDOWS=1    if building under a windows command prompt
#   X64=1            if using an unprefixed 64-bit mingw compiler
#

#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1

#### Enable relative paths in external diff/gdiff
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS = 1

#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Wall







#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g
else
TCC += -Os
endif

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif

# With relative paths in external diff/gdiff
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
endif

# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 \
                 -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI \
                 -D_HAVE__MINGW_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MSIZE

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#





#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1





#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Os -Wall

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g








endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif







# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \


                 -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI \
                 -D_HAVE__MINGW_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MSIZE

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \

# This file is automatically generated.  Instead of editing this
# file, edit "makemake.tcl" then run "tclsh makemake.tcl"
# to regenerate this file.
#
# This is a makefile for use on Cygwin/Darwin/FreeBSD/Linux/Windows using
# MinGW or MinGW-w64.
#
# Some of the special options which can be passed to make
#   USE_WINDOWS=1    if building under a windows command prompt
#   X64=1            if using an unprefixed 64-bit mingw compiler
#

#### Select one of MinGW, MinGW-w64 (32-bit) or MinGW-w64 (64-bit) compilers.
#    By default, this is an empty string (i.e. use the native compiler).
#
PREFIX =
# PREFIX = mingw32-
# PREFIX = i686-pc-mingw32-
................................................................................
#
FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL = 1

#### Automatically build OpenSSL when building Fossil (causes rebuild
#    issues when building incrementally).
#
# FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL = 1

#### Enable relative paths in external diff/gdiff
#
# FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS = 1

#### Enable legacy treatment of mv/rm (skip checkout files)
#
FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM = 1

#### Enable TH1 scripts in embedded documentation files
#
................................................................................

#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that
#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.  This C compiler builds
#    the finished binary for fossil.  The BCC compiler above is used
#    for building intermediate code-generator tools.
#
TCC = $(PREFIX)gcc -Wall







#### Add the necessary command line options to build with debugging
#    symbols, if enabled.
#
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TCC += -g
else
TCC += -Os
endif

#### When not using the miniz compression library, zlib is required.
#
ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_MINIZ
TCC += -L$(ZLIBDIR) -I$(ZINCDIR)
endif

#### Compile resources for use in building executables that will run
#    on the target platform.
#
RCC = $(PREFIX)windres -I$(SRCDIR)

................................................................................
endif

# With HTTPS support
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
endif

# With relative paths in external diff/gdiff
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
endif

# With legacy treatment of mv/rm
ifdef FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM
TCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC += -DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
endif

................................................................................
                 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 -DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 \
                 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 \
                 -DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI \
                 -D_HAVE__MINGW_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H \
                 -DSQLITE_USE_MSIZE

SHELL_OPTIONS = -Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \

FOSSIL_BUILD_ZLIB = 1
!endif

# Link everything except SQLite dynamically?
!ifndef FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD = 0
!endif






# Enable the JSON API?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON = 0
!endif

# Enable legacy treatment of the mv/rm commands?
................................................................................

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
LIBS      = $(LIBS) $(SSLLIB)
LIBDIR    = $(LIBDIR) /LIBPATH:$(SSLLIBDIR)
!endif






!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)!=0
................................................................................
                 /DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 /DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 /DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \


                 /DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI

SHELL_OPTIONS = /Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                /DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
                /DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) \
                /DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open \
                /Daccess=file_access \

FOSSIL_BUILD_ZLIB = 1
!endif

# Link everything except SQLite dynamically?
!ifndef FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD
FOSSIL_DYNAMIC_BUILD = 0
!endif

# Enable relative paths in external diff/gdiff?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS
FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS = 0
!endif

# Enable the JSON API?
!ifndef FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON = 0
!endif

# Enable legacy treatment of the mv/rm commands?
................................................................................

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1
LIBS      = $(LIBS) $(SSLLIB)
LIBDIR    = $(LIBDIR) /LIBPATH:$(SSLLIBDIR)
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)!=0
TCC       = $(TCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
RCC       = $(RCC) /DFOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM=1
!endif

!if $(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)!=0
................................................................................
                 /DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 \
                 /DSQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=4 \
                 /DSQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 \
                 /DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 \
                 /DSQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI

SHELL_OPTIONS = /Dmain=sqlite3_shell \
                /DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1 \
                /DUSE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=$(USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE) \
                /DSQLITE_SHELL_DBNAME_PROC=fossil_open \
                /Daccess=file_access \

      VALUE "SslEnabled", "Yes, " OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT "\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
      VALUE "LegacyMvRm", "Yes\0"
#else
      VALUE "LegacyMvRm", "No\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM) */





#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
      VALUE "Th1Docs", "Yes\0"
#else
      VALUE "Th1Docs", "No\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
      VALUE "Th1Hooks", "Yes\0"

      VALUE "SslEnabled", "Yes, " OPENSSL_VERSION_TEXT "\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM)
      VALUE "LegacyMvRm", "Yes\0"
#else
      VALUE "LegacyMvRm", "No\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_LEGACY_MV_RM) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS)
      VALUE "ExecRelPaths", "Yes\0"
#else
      VALUE "ExecRelPaths", "No\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_EXEC_REL_PATHS) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS)
      VALUE "Th1Docs", "Yes\0"
#else
      VALUE "Th1Docs", "No\0"
#endif /* defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_DOCS) */
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS)
      VALUE "Th1Hooks", "Yes\0"

<title>Change Log</title>

<h2>Changes for Version 1.34 (2015-??-??)</h2>
  *  Fix --hard option to mv/rm to enable them to work properly with certain

     relative paths.
  *  Add minimal 'lsearch' command to TH1. Only exact case-sensitive matching
     is supported.
  *  Add 'glob_match' command to TH1.
  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 7.0 to 8.0.





























<h2>Changes for Version 1.33 (2015-05-23)</h2>
  *  Improved fork detection on [/help?cmd=update|fossil update],
     [/help?cmd=status|fossil status] and related commands.
  *  Change the default skin to what used to be called "San Francisco Modern".
  *  Add the [/repo-tabsize] web page
  *  Add [/help?cmd=import|fossil import --svn], for importing a subversion

<title>Change Log</title>

<h2>Changes for Version 1.34 (2015-11-02)</h2>


  *  Make the [/help?cmd=clean|fossil clean] command undoable for files less
     than 10MiB.


  *  Update internal Unicode character tables, used in regular expression
     handling, from version 7.0 to 8.0.
  *  Add the new [/help?cmd=amend|amend] command which is used to modify
     tags of a "check-in".
  *  Fix bug in [/help?cmd=import|import] command, handling version 3 of
     the svndump format for subversion.
  *  Add the [/help?cmd=all|all cache] command.
  *  TH1 enhancements:
     <ul><li>Add minimal <nowiki>[lsearch]</nowiki> command. Only exact
     case-sensitive matching is supported.</li>
     <li>Add the <nowiki>[glob_match]</nowiki>, <nowiki>[markdown]</nowiki>,
     <nowiki>[dir]</nowiki>, and <nowiki>[encode64]</nowiki> commands.</li>
     <li>Add the <nowiki>[tclIsSafe] and [tclMakeSafe]</nowiki> commands to
     the Tcl integration subsystem.</li>
     <li>Add 'double', 'integer', and 'list' classes to the
     <nowiki>[string is]</nowiki> command.</li>
     </ul>
  *  Add the --undo option to the [/help?cmd=diff|diff] command.
  *  Build-in Antirez's "linenoise" command-line editing library for use with
     the [/help?cmd=sqlite3|fossil sql] command on Unix platforms.
  *  Add [/help?cmd=stash|stash cat] as an alias for the
     [/help?cmd=stash|stash show] command.
  *  Automatically pull before [/help?cmd=merge|fossil merge] when auto-sync
     is enabled.
  *  Fix --hard option to [/help?cmd=mv|fossil mv] and [/help?cmd=rm|fossil rm]
     to enable them to work properly with certain relative paths.
  *  Change the mimetype for ".n" and ".man" files to text/plain.
  *  Display improvements in the [/help?cmd=bisect|fossil bisect chart] command.
  *  Updated the built-in SQLite to version 3.9.1 and activated JSON1 and FTS5
     support (both currently unused within Fossil).

<h2>Changes for Version 1.33 (2015-05-23)</h2>
  *  Improved fork detection on [/help?cmd=update|fossil update],
     [/help?cmd=status|fossil status] and related commands.
  *  Change the default skin to what used to be called "San Francisco Modern".
  *  Add the [/repo-tabsize] web page
  *  Add [/help?cmd=import|fossil import --svn], for importing a subversion

<li> <b>root :</b> <i>branchname</i>
<li> Special names:
<ul>
<li> <b>tip</b>
<li> <b>current</b>
<li> <b>next</b>
<li> <b>previous</b> or <b>prev</b>

</ul>
</ul>
</td></tr>
</table>
Many Fossil [/help|commands] and [./webui.wiki | web-interface] URLs accept
check-in names as an argument.  For example, the "[/help/info|info]" command
accepts an optional check-in name to identify the specific checkout
................................................................................
equivalent to the timestamp tag "5000-01-01".

If the command is being run from a working check-out (not against a bare
repository) then a few extra tags apply.  The "current" tag means the
current check-out.  The "next" tag means the youngest child of the
current check-out.  And the "previous" or "prev" tag means the primary
(non-merge) parent of the current check-out.







<h2>Additional Examples</h2>

To view the changes in the most recent check-in prior to the version currently
checked out:

<blockquote><pre>

<li> <b>root :</b> <i>branchname</i>
<li> Special names:
<ul>
<li> <b>tip</b>
<li> <b>current</b>
<li> <b>next</b>
<li> <b>previous</b> or <b>prev</b>
<li> <b>ckout</b> for embedded docs
</ul>
</ul>
</td></tr>
</table>
Many Fossil [/help|commands] and [./webui.wiki | web-interface] URLs accept
check-in names as an argument.  For example, the "[/help/info|info]" command
accepts an optional check-in name to identify the specific checkout
................................................................................
equivalent to the timestamp tag "5000-01-01".

If the command is being run from a working check-out (not against a bare
repository) then a few extra tags apply.  The "current" tag means the
current check-out.  The "next" tag means the youngest child of the
current check-out.  And the "previous" or "prev" tag means the primary
(non-merge) parent of the current check-out.

For embedded documentation, the tag "ckout" means the version as present in
the local source tree on disk, provided that the web server is started using
"fossil ui" or "fossil server" from within the source tree. This tag can be 
used to preview local changes to documentation before committing them. It does
not apply to CLI commands.

<h2>Additional Examples</h2>

To view the changes in the most recent check-in prior to the version currently
checked out:

<blockquote><pre>

<p>
This agreement applies to your contribution of material to the
Fossil Software Configuration Management System ("Fossil") that is
managed by Hipp, Wyrick &amp; Company, Inc. ("Hwaci") and
sets out the intellectual property rights you grant to Hwaci in the
contributed material.
The terms "contribution" and "contributed material" mean any source code, 
object code, patch, tool, sample, graphic, specification, manual, 
documentation, or any other material posted, submitted, or uploaded by 
you to the Fossil project.
 The term "you" means the person identified
and signing at the bottom of this document.  If your contribution
is on behalf of a company, the term "you" also means the company
identified in the signature area below.

<ol>
................................................................................
     contribution as if each of us were the sole owners, and if one of us
     makes a derivative work of your contribution, the one who makes
     (or has made) the derivative work will be the sole owner of that
     derivative work.
<li> You agree that you will not assert any moral rights in your
     contribution against Hwaci, Hwaci's licensees or transferees, or
     any other user or consumer of your contribution.
<li> You agree that Hwaci may register a copyright in your contribution and 
     exercise all ownership rights associated with it.
<li> You agree that neither you nor Hwaci has any duty to consult with,
     obtain the consent of, or pay or render an accounting to the other
     for any use or distribution of your contribution.
</ul>

<li><p>
................................................................................
     company (if applicable).
</ul>
</ol>

<p>By filling in the following information and signing your name,
you agree to be bound by all of the terms
set forth in this agreement.  Please print clearly.</p>
 
<center>
<p><table width="80%" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td width="20%" valign="top">Your name &amp email:</td><td width="80%">

    <!-- Replace this line with your name and email --> &nbsp;<p>&nbsp;

</td></tr>

<p>
This agreement applies to your contribution of material to the
Fossil Software Configuration Management System ("Fossil") that is
managed by Hipp, Wyrick &amp; Company, Inc. ("Hwaci") and
sets out the intellectual property rights you grant to Hwaci in the
contributed material.
The terms "contribution" and "contributed material" mean any source code,
object code, patch, tool, sample, graphic, specification, manual,
documentation, or any other material posted, submitted, or uploaded by
you to the Fossil project.
 The term "you" means the person identified
and signing at the bottom of this document.  If your contribution
is on behalf of a company, the term "you" also means the company
identified in the signature area below.

<ol>
................................................................................
     contribution as if each of us were the sole owners, and if one of us
     makes a derivative work of your contribution, the one who makes
     (or has made) the derivative work will be the sole owner of that
     derivative work.
<li> You agree that you will not assert any moral rights in your
     contribution against Hwaci, Hwaci's licensees or transferees, or
     any other user or consumer of your contribution.
<li> You agree that Hwaci may register a copyright in your contribution and
     exercise all ownership rights associated with it.
<li> You agree that neither you nor Hwaci has any duty to consult with,
     obtain the consent of, or pay or render an accounting to the other
     for any use or distribution of your contribution.
</ul>

<li><p>
................................................................................
     company (if applicable).
</ul>
</ol>

<p>By filling in the following information and signing your name,
you agree to be bound by all of the terms
set forth in this agreement.  Please print clearly.</p>

<center>
<p><table width="80%" border="1" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
<tr><td width="20%" valign="top">Your name &amp email:</td><td width="80%">

    <!-- Replace this line with your name and email --> &nbsp;<p>&nbsp;

</td></tr>

Fossil includes several options for changing the graph's style without having
to delve into CSS. These can be found in the details.txt file of your skin or
under Admin/Skins/Details in the web UI.

*   ###`timeline-arrowheads`

    Set this to `0` to hide arrowheads on primary child lines.
    
*   ###`timeline-circle-nodes`

    Set this to `1` to make check-in nodes circular instead of square.

*   ###`timeline-color-graph-lines`

    Set this to `1` to colorize primary child lines.
................................................................................

## <a id="pos-elems"></a>Positioning Elements

These elements aren't intended to be seen. They're only used to help position
the graph and its visible elements.

*   ###<a id="tl-canvas"></a>`.tl-canvas`
    
    Set the left and right margins on this class to give the desired amount
    of space between the graph and its adjacent columns in the timeline.
  
    #### Additional Classes
  
    * `.sel`: See [`.tl-node`](#tl-node) for more information.

*   ###<a id="tl-rail"></a>`.tl-rail`

    Think of rails as invisible vertical lines on which check-in nodes are
    placed. The more simultaneous branches in a graph, the more rails required
    to draw it. Setting the `width` property on this class determines the
................................................................................
These are the elements you can actually see on the timeline graph: the nodes,
arrows, and lines. Each of these elements may also have additional classes
attached to them, depending on their context.

*   ###<a id="tl-node"></a>`.tl-node`

    A node exists for each check-in in the timeline.
  
    #### Additional Classes
    
    *   `.leaf`: Specifies that the check-in is a leaf (i.e. that it has no
        children in the same branch).
    
    *   `.merge`: Specifies that the check-in contains a merge.
    
    *   `.sel`: When the user clicks a node to designate it as the beginning
        of a diff, this class is added to both the node itself and the
        [`.tl-canvas`](#tl-canvas) element. The class is removed from both
        elements when the node is clicked again.

*   ###<a id="tl-arrow"></a>`.tl-arrow`

    Arrows point from parent nodes to their children. Technically, this
    class is just for the arrowhead. The rest of the arrow is composed
    of [`.tl-line`](#tl-line) elements.

    There are six additional classes that are used to distinguish the different
    types of arrows. However, only these combinations are valid:
    
    *   `.u`: Up arrow that points to a child from its primary parent.
    
    *   `.u.sm`: Smaller up arrow, used when there is limited space between
        parent and child nodes.
    
    *   `.merge.l` or `.merge.r`: Merge arrow pointing either to the left or
        right.
    
    *   `.warp`: A timewarped arrow (always points to the right), used when a
        misconfigured clock makes a check-in appear to have occurred before its
        parent ([example](https://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline?c=2010-09-29&nd)).
    
*   ###<a id="tl-line"></a>`.tl-line`

    Along with arrows, lines connect parent and child nodes. Line thickness is
    determined by the `width` property, regardless of whether the line is
    horizontal or vertical. You can also use borders to create special line
    styles. Here's a CSS snippet for making dotted merge lines:

................................................................................
          border-top-width: 1px;
        }
        .tl-line.merge.v {
          border-left-width: 1px;
        }

    #### Additional Classes
    
    *   `.merge`: A merge line.
    
    *   `.h` or `.v`: Horizontal or vertical.
    
    *   `.warp`: A timewarped line.


## <a id="default-css"></a>Default Timeline Graph CSS

    .tl-canvas {
      margin: 0 6px 0 10px;

Fossil includes several options for changing the graph's style without having
to delve into CSS. These can be found in the details.txt file of your skin or
under Admin/Skins/Details in the web UI.

*   ###`timeline-arrowheads`

    Set this to `0` to hide arrowheads on primary child lines.

*   ###`timeline-circle-nodes`

    Set this to `1` to make check-in nodes circular instead of square.

*   ###`timeline-color-graph-lines`

    Set this to `1` to colorize primary child lines.
................................................................................

## <a id="pos-elems"></a>Positioning Elements

These elements aren't intended to be seen. They're only used to help position
the graph and its visible elements.

*   ###<a id="tl-canvas"></a>`.tl-canvas`

    Set the left and right margins on this class to give the desired amount
    of space between the graph and its adjacent columns in the timeline.

    #### Additional Classes

    * `.sel`: See [`.tl-node`](#tl-node) for more information.

*   ###<a id="tl-rail"></a>`.tl-rail`

    Think of rails as invisible vertical lines on which check-in nodes are
    placed. The more simultaneous branches in a graph, the more rails required
    to draw it. Setting the `width` property on this class determines the
................................................................................
These are the elements you can actually see on the timeline graph: the nodes,
arrows, and lines. Each of these elements may also have additional classes
attached to them, depending on their context.

*   ###<a id="tl-node"></a>`.tl-node`

    A node exists for each check-in in the timeline.

    #### Additional Classes

    *   `.leaf`: Specifies that the check-in is a leaf (i.e. that it has no
        children in the same branch).

    *   `.merge`: Specifies that the check-in contains a merge.

    *   `.sel`: When the user clicks a node to designate it as the beginning
        of a diff, this class is added to both the node itself and the
        [`.tl-canvas`](#tl-canvas) element. The class is removed from both
        elements when the node is clicked again.

*   ###<a id="tl-arrow"></a>`.tl-arrow`

    Arrows point from parent nodes to their children. Technically, this
    class is just for the arrowhead. The rest of the arrow is composed
    of [`.tl-line`](#tl-line) elements.

    There are six additional classes that are used to distinguish the different
    types of arrows. However, only these combinations are valid:

    *   `.u`: Up arrow that points to a child from its primary parent.

    *   `.u.sm`: Smaller up arrow, used when there is limited space between
        parent and child nodes.

    *   `.merge.l` or `.merge.r`: Merge arrow pointing either to the left or
        right.

    *   `.warp`: A timewarped arrow (always points to the right), used when a
        misconfigured clock makes a check-in appear to have occurred before its
        parent ([example](https://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline?c=2010-09-29&nd)).

*   ###<a id="tl-line"></a>`.tl-line`

    Along with arrows, lines connect parent and child nodes. Line thickness is
    determined by the `width` property, regardless of whether the line is
    horizontal or vertical. You can also use borders to create special line
    styles. Here's a CSS snippet for making dotted merge lines:

................................................................................
          border-top-width: 1px;
        }
        .tl-line.merge.v {
          border-left-width: 1px;
        }

    #### Additional Classes

    *   `.merge`: A merge line.

    *   `.h` or `.v`: Horizontal or vertical.

    *   `.warp`: A timewarped line.


## <a id="default-css"></a>Default Timeline Graph CSS

    .tl-canvas {
      margin: 0 6px 0 10px;

"footer.txt", and "header.txt",
that describe the CSS, rendering options,
footer, and header for that skin, respectively.

The skin of a repository can be changed to any of the built-in skins using
the web interface by going to the /setup_skin web page (requires Admin
privileges) and clicking the appropriate button.  Or, the --skin command
line option can be used for the 
[fossil ui](../../../help?cmd=ui) or
[fossil server](../../../help?cmd=server) commands to force that particular
instance of Fossil to use the specified built-in skin.

Sharing Skins
-------------

The skin of a repository is not part of the versioned state and does not
"push" or "pull" like checked-in files.  The skin is local to the 
repository.  However, skins can be shared between repositories using
the [fossil config](../../../help?cmd=configuration) command.
The "fossil config push skin" command will send the local skin to a remote
repository and the "fossil config pull skin" command will import a skin
from a remote repository.  The "fossil config export skin FILENAME"
will export the skin for a repository into a file FILENAME.  This file
can then be imported into a different repository using the
................................................................................
the skin of the repository from which it was cloned.

Header And Footer Processing
----------------------------

The header.txt and footer.txt files of a scan are merely the HTML text
of the header and footer.  Except, before being prepended and appended to
the content, the header and footer text are run through a 
[TH1 interpreter](./th1.md) that might adjust the text as follows:

  *  All text within <th1>...</th1> is elided from the
     output and that text is instead run as a TH1 script.  That TH1
     script has the opportunity to insert new text in place of itself,
     or to inhibit or enable the output of subsequent text.

................................................................................
and for all scripts contained within them both.  Hence, any global
TH1 variables that are set by the header are available to the footer.

TH1 Variables
-------------

Before expanding the TH1 within the header and footer, Fossil first
initializes a number of TH1 variables to values that depend on 
respository settings and the specific page being generated.

   *   **project_name** - The project_name variable is filled with the
       name of the project as configured under the Admin/Configuration
       menu.

   *   **title** - The title variable holds the title of the page being
................................................................................
   *   **secureurl** - The same as $baseurl except that if the scheme is
                       "http:" it is changed to "https:"

   *   **home** - The $baseurl without the scheme and hostname.  For example,
       if the $baseurl is "http://projectX.com/cgi-bin/fossil" then the
       $home will be just "/cgi-bin/fossil".

   *   **index_page** - The landing page URI as 
       specified by the Admin/Configuration setup page.

   *   **current_page** - The name of the page currently being processed,
       without the leading "/" and without query parameters.
       Examples:  "timeline", "doc/trunk/README.txt", "wiki".  

   *   **csrf_token** - A token used to prevent cross-site request forgery.

   *   **release_version** - The release version of Fossil.  Ex: "1.31"

   *   **manifest_version** - A prefix on the SHA1 check-in hash of the
       specific version of fossil that is running.  Ex: "\[47bb6432a1\]"

"footer.txt", and "header.txt",
that describe the CSS, rendering options,
footer, and header for that skin, respectively.

The skin of a repository can be changed to any of the built-in skins using
the web interface by going to the /setup_skin web page (requires Admin
privileges) and clicking the appropriate button.  Or, the --skin command
line option can be used for the
[fossil ui](../../../help?cmd=ui) or
[fossil server](../../../help?cmd=server) commands to force that particular
instance of Fossil to use the specified built-in skin.

Sharing Skins
-------------

The skin of a repository is not part of the versioned state and does not
"push" or "pull" like checked-in files.  The skin is local to the
repository.  However, skins can be shared between repositories using
the [fossil config](../../../help?cmd=configuration) command.
The "fossil config push skin" command will send the local skin to a remote
repository and the "fossil config pull skin" command will import a skin
from a remote repository.  The "fossil config export skin FILENAME"
will export the skin for a repository into a file FILENAME.  This file
can then be imported into a different repository using the
................................................................................
the skin of the repository from which it was cloned.

Header And Footer Processing
----------------------------

The header.txt and footer.txt files of a scan are merely the HTML text
of the header and footer.  Except, before being prepended and appended to
the content, the header and footer text are run through a
[TH1 interpreter](./th1.md) that might adjust the text as follows:

  *  All text within <th1>...</th1> is elided from the
     output and that text is instead run as a TH1 script.  That TH1
     script has the opportunity to insert new text in place of itself,
     or to inhibit or enable the output of subsequent text.

................................................................................
and for all scripts contained within them both.  Hence, any global
TH1 variables that are set by the header are available to the footer.

TH1 Variables
-------------

Before expanding the TH1 within the header and footer, Fossil first
initializes a number of TH1 variables to values that depend on
respository settings and the specific page being generated.

   *   **project_name** - The project_name variable is filled with the
       name of the project as configured under the Admin/Configuration
       menu.

   *   **title** - The title variable holds the title of the page being
................................................................................
   *   **secureurl** - The same as $baseurl except that if the scheme is
                       "http:" it is changed to "https:"

   *   **home** - The $baseurl without the scheme and hostname.  For example,
       if the $baseurl is "http://projectX.com/cgi-bin/fossil" then the
       $home will be just "/cgi-bin/fossil".

   *   **index_page** - The landing page URI as
       specified by the Admin/Configuration setup page.

   *   **current_page** - The name of the page currently being processed,
       without the leading "/" and without query parameters.
       Examples:  "timeline", "doc/trunk/README.txt", "wiki".

   *   **csrf_token** - A token used to prevent cross-site request forgery.

   *   **release_version** - The release version of Fossil.  Ex: "1.31"

   *   **manifest_version** - A prefix on the SHA1 check-in hash of the
       specific version of fossil that is running.  Ex: "\[47bb6432a1\]"

# a series of global variables based on the current state of that
# checkout. Variables are populated based on the output of the [fossil info]
# command.
#
# If the current directory is not part of a fossil checkout, set global
# variable $fossil_info_project_name to an empty string and return.
#
function get_fossil_data() { 
  fossil_info_project_name=""
  eval `get_fossil_data2`
}
function get_fossil_data2() {
  fossil info 2> /dev/null | sed 's/"//g'|grep "^[^ ]*:" | while read LINE ; do 
    local field=`echo $LINE | sed 's/:.*$//' | sed 's/-/_/'`
    local value=`echo $LINE | sed 's/^[^ ]*: *//'`
    echo fossil_info_${field}=\"${value}\"
  done
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#   set_prompt()
#
# Set the PS1 variable. If the current directory is part of a fossil
# checkout then the prompt contains information relating to the state
# of the checkout. 
#
# Otherwise, if the current directory is not part of a fossil checkout, it
# is set to a fairly standard bash prompt containing the host name, user
# name and current directory.
#
function set_prompt() {
  get_fossil_data
  if [ -n "$fossil_info_project_name" ] ; then 
    project=$fossil_info_project_name
    checkout=`echo $fossil_info_checkout | sed 's/^\(........\).*/\1/'`
    date=`echo $fossil_info_checkout | sed 's/^[^ ]* *..//' | sed 's/:[^:]*$//'`
    tags=$fossil_info_tags
    local_root=`echo $fossil_info_local_root | sed 's/\/$//'`
    local=`pwd | sed "s*${local_root}**" | sed "s/^$/\//"`

# a series of global variables based on the current state of that
# checkout. Variables are populated based on the output of the [fossil info]
# command.
#
# If the current directory is not part of a fossil checkout, set global
# variable $fossil_info_project_name to an empty string and return.
#
function get_fossil_data() {
  fossil_info_project_name=""
  eval `get_fossil_data2`
}
function get_fossil_data2() {
  fossil info 2> /dev/null | sed 's/"//g'|grep "^[^ ]*:" | while read LINE ; do
    local field=`echo $LINE | sed 's/:.*$//' | sed 's/-/_/'`
    local value=`echo $LINE | sed 's/^[^ ]*: *//'`
    echo fossil_info_${field}=\"${value}\"
  done
}

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#   set_prompt()
#
# Set the PS1 variable. If the current directory is part of a fossil
# checkout then the prompt contains information relating to the state
# of the checkout.
#
# Otherwise, if the current directory is not part of a fossil checkout, it
# is set to a fairly standard bash prompt containing the host name, user
# name and current directory.
#
function set_prompt() {
  get_fossil_data
  if [ -n "$fossil_info_project_name" ] ; then
    project=$fossil_info_project_name
    checkout=`echo $fossil_info_checkout | sed 's/^\(........\).*/\1/'`
    date=`echo $fossil_info_checkout | sed 's/^[^ ]* *..//' | sed 's/:[^:]*$//'`
    tags=$fossil_info_tags
    local_root=`echo $fossil_info_local_root | sed 's/\/$//'`
    local=`pwd | sed "s*${local_root}**" | sed "s/^$/\//"`

The src/ subdirectory also contains documentation about the
makeheaders preprocessor program:

  11.  [../src/makeheaders.html | makeheaders.html]

Click on the link to read this documentation.  In addition there is
a [http://www.tcl.tk/ | Tcl] script used to build the various makefiles:

  12.  makemake.tcl

Running this Tcl script will automatically regenerate all makefiles.
In order to add a new source file to the Fossil implementation, simply
edit makemake.tcl to add the new filename, then rerun the script, and
all of the makefiles for all targets will be rebuild.

The src/ subdirectory also contains documentation about the
makeheaders preprocessor program:

  11.  [../src/makeheaders.html | makeheaders.html]

Click on the link to read this documentation.  In addition there is
a [http://www.tcl-lang.org/ | Tcl] script used to build the various makefiles:

  12.  makemake.tcl

Running this Tcl script will automatically regenerate all makefiles.
In order to add a new source file to the Fossil implementation, simply
edit makemake.tcl to add the new filename, then rerun the script, and
all of the makefiles for all targets will be rebuild.

  puts $out "<center><b><a href=\"$hr\">Version $vers</a></b></center>"
  puts $out "</td></tr>"
  puts $out "<tr>"

  foreach {prefix suffix img desc} {
    fossil-linux-x86 zip linux.gif {Linux 3.x x86}
    fossil-macosx-x86 zip mac.gif {Mac 10.x x86}
    fossil-openbsd-x86 zip openbsd.gif {OpenBSD 4.x x86}
    fossil-w32 zip win32.gif {Windows}
    fossil-src tar.gz src.gif {Source Tarball}
  } {
    set filename download/$prefix-$vers.$suffix
    if {[file exists $filename]} {
      set size [file size $filename]
      set units bytes

  puts $out "<center><b><a href=\"$hr\">Version $vers</a></b></center>"
  puts $out "</td></tr>"
  puts $out "<tr>"

  foreach {prefix suffix img desc} {
    fossil-linux-x86 zip linux.gif {Linux 3.x x86}
    fossil-macosx-x86 zip mac.gif {Mac 10.x x86}
    fossil-openbsd-x86 zip openbsd.gif {OpenBSD 5.x x86}
    fossil-w32 zip win32.gif {Windows}
    fossil-src tar.gz src.gif {Source Tarball}
  } {
    set filename download/$prefix-$vers.$suffix
    if {[file exists $filename]} {
      set size [file size $filename]
      set units bytes

<li>If programmers _really_ wanted to help scientists, they'd build a version control
system that was more usable than Git.

<blockquote>
<i>Tweet by Greg Wilson @gvwilson on 2015-02-22 17:47</i>
</blockquote>





</ol>

<h2>On The Usability Of Fossil:</h2>

<ol>
<li value=10>
Fossil mesmerizes me with simplicity especially after I struggled to
get a bug-tracking system to work with mercurial.

<blockquote>
<i>rawjeev at [http://stackoverflow.com/questions/156322/what-do-people-think-of-the-fossil-dvcs]</i>
</blockquote>

................................................................................

</ol>


<h2>On Git Versus Fossil</h2>

<ol>
<li value=14>
Just want to say thanks for fossil making my life easier.... 
Also <nowiki>[for]</nowiki> not having a misanthropic command line interface.

<blockquote>
<i>Joshua Paine at [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg02736.html]</i>
</blockquote>

<li>If programmers _really_ wanted to help scientists, they'd build a version control
system that was more usable than Git.

<blockquote>
<i>Tweet by Greg Wilson @gvwilson on 2015-02-22 17:47</i>
</blockquote>

<li><img src='xkcd-git.gif' align='top'>

<blockquote><i>Randall Munroe.  [http://xkcd.com/1597/]</i></blockquote>

</ol>

<h2>On The Usability Of Fossil:</h2>

<ol>
<li value=11>
Fossil mesmerizes me with simplicity especially after I struggled to
get a bug-tracking system to work with mercurial.

<blockquote>
<i>rawjeev at [http://stackoverflow.com/questions/156322/what-do-people-think-of-the-fossil-dvcs]</i>
</blockquote>

................................................................................

</ol>


<h2>On Git Versus Fossil</h2>

<ol>
<li value=15>
Just want to say thanks for fossil making my life easier.... 
Also <nowiki>[for]</nowiki> not having a misanthropic command line interface.

<blockquote>
<i>Joshua Paine at [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg02736.html]</i>
</blockquote>

must be readable by the process which executes the CGI.</li>
<li>ALL directories leading to the CGI script must also be readable and the CGI
script itself must be executable for the user under which it will run (which often differs
from the one running the web server - consult your site's documentation or administrator).</li>
<li>The repository file AND the directory containing it must be writable by the same account
which executes the Fossil binary (again, this might differ from the WWW user). The directory
needs to be writable so that sqlite can write its journal files.</li>




</ul>
</p>

<p>
Once the script is set up correctly, and assuming your server is also set
correctly, you should be able to access your repository with a URL like:
<b>http://mydomain.org/cgi-bin/repo</b> (assuming the "repo" script is

must be readable by the process which executes the CGI.</li>
<li>ALL directories leading to the CGI script must also be readable and the CGI
script itself must be executable for the user under which it will run (which often differs
from the one running the web server - consult your site's documentation or administrator).</li>
<li>The repository file AND the directory containing it must be writable by the same account
which executes the Fossil binary (again, this might differ from the WWW user). The directory
needs to be writable so that sqlite can write its journal files.</li>
<li>Fossil must be able to create temporary files, the default directory 
for which depends on the OS.  When the CGI process is operating within       
a chroot, ensure that this directory exists and is readable/writeable
by the user who executes the Fossil binary.</li>
</ul>
</p>

<p>
Once the script is set up correctly, and assuming your server is also set
correctly, you should be able to access your repository with a URL like:
<b>http://mydomain.org/cgi-bin/repo</b> (assuming the "repo" script is

<tt>manifest</tt>. The most important is <tt>ignore-glob</tt> which
specifies which files should be ignored when looking for unmanaged files
with the <tt>extras</tt> command.

Because these options can change over time, and the inconvenience of
replicating changes, these settings are "versionable". As well as being
able to be set using the <tt>settings</tt> command or the web interface,
you can created versioned files in the <tt>.fossil-settings</tt>

directory named with the setting name. The contents of the file is the
value of the setting, and these files are checked in, committed, merged,
and so on, as with any other file.

Where a setting is a list of values, such as <tt>ignore-glob</tt>, you
can use a newline as a separator as well as a comma.

For example, to set the list of ignored files, create a
<tt>.fossil-settings/ignore-glob</tt> file where each line contains a
glob for ignored files.

If you set the value of a setting using the <tt>settings</tt> command as
well as a versioned file, the versioned setting will take precedence. A
warning will be displayed.

<tt>manifest</tt>. The most important is <tt>ignore-glob</tt> which
specifies which files should be ignored when looking for unmanaged files
with the <tt>extras</tt> command.

Because these options can change over time, and the inconvenience of
replicating changes, these settings are "versionable". As well as being
able to be set using the <tt>settings</tt> command or the web interface,
you can create versioned files in the <tt>.fossil-settings</tt>
subdirectory of the check-out root, named with the setting name.
The contents of the file is the
value of the setting, and these files are checked in, committed, merged,
and so on, as with any other file.

Where a setting is a list of values, such as <tt>ignore-glob</tt>, you
can use a newline as a separator as well as a comma.

For example, to set the list of ignored files, create a
<tt>.fossil-settings/ignore-glob</tt> file where each line contains a
glob for ignored files.

If you set the value of a setting using the <tt>settings</tt> command as
well as a versioned file, the versioned setting will take precedence. A
warning will be displayed.

<td>3.4&nbsp;GB
<td>45.5&nbsp;MB
<td>73:1
<td>29.9&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/timeline | TCL]
<td>139662
<td>18125
<td>6183&nbsp;days<br>16.93&nbsp;years
<td>6.6&nbsp;GB
<td>192.6&nbsp;MB
<td>34:1
<td>117.1&nbsp;MB

<td>3.4&nbsp;GB
<td>45.5&nbsp;MB
<td>73:1
<td>29.9&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/timeline | TCL]
<td>139662
<td>18125
<td>6183&nbsp;days<br>16.93&nbsp;years
<td>6.6&nbsp;GB
<td>192.6&nbsp;MB
<td>34:1
<td>117.1&nbsp;MB

  *  string range STRING FIRST LAST
  *  string repeat STRING COUNT
  *  unset VARNAME
  *  uplevel ?LEVEL? SCRIPT
  *  upvar ?FRAME? OTHERVAR MYVAR ?OTHERVAR MYVAR?

All of the above commands works as in the original Tcl.  Refer to the

Tcl documentation for details.

TH1 Extended Commands
---------------------

There are many new commands added to TH1 and used to access the special
features of Fossil.  The following is a summary of the extended commands:

................................................................................
  *  anoncap
  *  anycap
  *  artifact
  *  checkout
  *  combobox
  *  date
  *  decorate

  *  enable_output

  *  getParameter
  *  glob_match
  *  globalState
  *  hascap
  *  hasfeature
  *  html
  *  htmlize
  *  http
  *  httpize
  *  linecount

  *  puts
  *  query
  *  randhex
  *  regexp
  *  reinitialize
  *  render
  *  repository
................................................................................
-------------------------------------------

  *  decorate STRING

Renders STRING as wiki content; however, only links are handled.  No
other markup is processed.













<a name="enable_output"></a>TH1 enable_output Command
-----------------------------------------------------

  *  enable_output BOOLEAN

Enable or disable sending output when the combobox, puts, or wiki
commands are used.








<a name="getParameter"></a>TH1 getParameter Command
---------------------------------------------------

  *  getParameter NAME ?DEFAULT?

Returns the value of the specified query parameter or the specified
default value when there is no matching query parameter.
................................................................................
  *  hasfeature STRING

Returns true if the binary has the given compile-time feature enabled.
The possible features are:

  1. **ssl** -- _Support for the HTTPS transport._
  1. **legacyMvRm** -- _Support for legacy mv/rm command behavior._

  1. **th1Docs** -- _Support for TH1 in embedded documentation._
  1. **th1Hooks** -- _Support for TH1 command and web page hooks._
  1. **tcl** -- _Support for Tcl integration._
  1. **useTclStubs** -- _Tcl stubs enabled in the Tcl headers._
  1. **tclStubs** -- _Uses Tcl stubs (i.e. linking with stubs library)._
  1. **tclPrivateStubs** -- _Uses Tcl private stubs (i.e. header-only)._
  1. **json** -- _Support for the JSON APIs._
  1. **markdown** -- _Support for Markdown documentation format._
  1. **unicodeCmdLine** -- _The command line arguments are Unicode._
  1. **dynamicBuild** -- _Dynamically linked to libraries._




<a name="html"></a>TH1 html Command
-----------------------------------

  *  html STRING

Outputs the STRING escaped for HTML.
................................................................................
<a name="linecount"></a>TH1 linecount Command
---------------------------------------------

  *  linecount STRING MAX MIN

Returns one more than the number of \n characters in STRING.  But
never returns less than MIN or more than MAX.










<a name="puts"></a>TH1 puts Command
-----------------------------------

  *  puts STRING

Outputs the STRING unchanged.

  *  string range STRING FIRST LAST
  *  string repeat STRING COUNT
  *  unset VARNAME
  *  uplevel ?LEVEL? SCRIPT
  *  upvar ?FRAME? OTHERVAR MYVAR ?OTHERVAR MYVAR?

All of the above commands works as in the original Tcl.  Refer to the
<a href="https://www.tcl-lang.org/man/tcl/contents.htm">Tcl documentation</a>
for details.

TH1 Extended Commands
---------------------

There are many new commands added to TH1 and used to access the special
features of Fossil.  The following is a summary of the extended commands:

................................................................................
  *  anoncap
  *  anycap
  *  artifact
  *  checkout
  *  combobox
  *  date
  *  decorate
  *  dir
  *  enable_output
  *  encode64
  *  getParameter
  *  glob_match
  *  globalState
  *  hascap
  *  hasfeature
  *  html
  *  htmlize
  *  http
  *  httpize
  *  linecount
  *  markdown
  *  puts
  *  query
  *  randhex
  *  regexp
  *  reinitialize
  *  render
  *  repository
................................................................................
-------------------------------------------

  *  decorate STRING

Renders STRING as wiki content; however, only links are handled.  No
other markup is processed.

<a name="dir"></a>TH1 dir Command
-------------------------------------------

  * dir CHECKIN ?GLOB? ?DETAILS?

Returns a list containing all files in CHECKIN. If GLOB is given only
the files matching the pattern GLOB within CHECKIN will be returned.
If DETAILS is non-zero, the result will be a list-of-lists, with each
element containing at least three elements: the file name, the file
size (in bytes), and the file last modification time (relative to the
time zone configured for the repository).

<a name="enable_output"></a>TH1 enable_output Command
-----------------------------------------------------

  *  enable_output BOOLEAN

Enable or disable sending output when the combobox, puts, or wiki
commands are used.

<a name="encode64"></a>TH1 encode64 Command
-------------------------------------------

  *  encode64 STRING

Encode the specified string using Base64 and return the result.

<a name="getParameter"></a>TH1 getParameter Command
---------------------------------------------------

  *  getParameter NAME ?DEFAULT?

Returns the value of the specified query parameter or the specified
default value when there is no matching query parameter.
................................................................................
  *  hasfeature STRING

Returns true if the binary has the given compile-time feature enabled.
The possible features are:

  1. **ssl** -- _Support for the HTTPS transport._
  1. **legacyMvRm** -- _Support for legacy mv/rm command behavior._
  1. **execRelPaths** -- _Use relative paths with external diff/gdiff._
  1. **th1Docs** -- _Support for TH1 in embedded documentation._
  1. **th1Hooks** -- _Support for TH1 command and web page hooks._
  1. **tcl** -- _Support for Tcl integration._
  1. **useTclStubs** -- _Tcl stubs enabled in the Tcl headers._
  1. **tclStubs** -- _Uses Tcl stubs (i.e. linking with stubs library)._
  1. **tclPrivateStubs** -- _Uses Tcl private stubs (i.e. header-only)._
  1. **json** -- _Support for the JSON APIs._
  1. **markdown** -- _Support for Markdown documentation format._
  1. **unicodeCmdLine** -- _The command line arguments are Unicode._
  1. **dynamicBuild** -- _Dynamically linked to libraries._

Specifying an unknown feature will return a value of false, it will not
raise a script error.

<a name="html"></a>TH1 html Command
-----------------------------------

  *  html STRING

Outputs the STRING escaped for HTML.
................................................................................
<a name="linecount"></a>TH1 linecount Command
---------------------------------------------

  *  linecount STRING MAX MIN

Returns one more than the number of \n characters in STRING.  But
never returns less than MIN or more than MAX.

<a name="markdown"></a>TH1 markdown Command
---------------------------------------------

  *  markdown STRING

Renders the input string as markdown.  The result is a two-element list.
The first element contains the body, rendered as HTML.  The second element
is the text-only title string.

<a name="puts"></a>TH1 puts Command
-----------------------------------

  *  puts STRING

Outputs the STRING unchanged.

<script>
  var aTest = [
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  Add pages to be tested below:
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
{
 url: "timeline",
 desc: 
   "Simple timeline of most recent check-ins. Verify that all submenus work."
},
{
 url: "timeline?n=125",
 desc: 
   "Timeline with 125 entries.  Verify that submenus preserve the entry count."
},
{
 url: "wiki",
 desc: 
   "The wiki homepage"
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  End of testing data
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  ];
  var iTest = 0;
................................................................................
  xprev.hidden = 1;
  xnext.hidden = 1;
  xpass.hidden = 1;
  xstart.hidden = 0;
  xstart.href = baseURI + aTest[0].url;
  function startTest(){
    setTimeout(loadPage,1);
  } 
  function prevTest(){
    if( iTest<=0 ) return false;
    iTest--;
    setTimeout(loadPage,1);
  }
  function nextTest(){
    if( iTest+1>=nTest ) return false;

<script>
  var aTest = [
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  Add pages to be tested below:
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
{
 url: "timeline",
 desc:
   "Simple timeline of most recent check-ins. Verify that all submenus work."
},
{
 url: "timeline?n=125",
 desc:
   "Timeline with 125 entries.  Verify that submenus preserve the entry count."
},
{
 url: "wiki",
 desc:
   "The wiki homepage"
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  End of testing data
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  ];
  var iTest = 0;
................................................................................
  xprev.hidden = 1;
  xnext.hidden = 1;
  xpass.hidden = 1;
  xstart.hidden = 0;
  xstart.href = baseURI + aTest[0].url;
  function startTest(){
    setTimeout(loadPage,1);
  }
  function prevTest(){
    if( iTest<=0 ) return false;
    iTest--;
    setTimeout(loadPage,1);
  }
  function nextTest(){
    if( iTest+1>=nTest ) return false;

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../timeline?n=100&y=ci&ubg'>Example</a>
     100 most recent check-ins color coded by committer.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../timeline?from=version-1.27&to=version-1.28'>Example</a>
     All check-ins on the most direct path from 
     version-1.27 to version-1.28

     (Hint:  In any graph above, click the square node boxes 
     for two check-ins or files to see a diff.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../tree?ci=daff9d20621&type=tree'>Example</a>
     All files for a particular check-in (daff9d20621480)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
................................................................................
     href='../../../reports?view=byfile'>Example</a>
     Number of check-ins for each source file.
     (Click on column headers to sort.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../blame?checkin=5260fbf63287&filename=src/rss.c&limit=-1'>
       Example</a>
     Most recent change to each line of a particular source file in a 
     particular check-in.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../taglist'>Example</a>
     List of tags on check-ins.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../timeline?n=100&y=ci&ubg'>Example</a>
     100 most recent check-ins color coded by committer.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../timeline?from=version-1.27&to=version-1.28'>Example</a>
     All check-ins on the most direct path from
     version-1.27 to version-1.28

     (Hint:  In any graph above, click the square node boxes
     for two check-ins or files to see a diff.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../tree?ci=daff9d20621&type=tree'>Example</a>
     All files for a particular check-in (daff9d20621480)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
................................................................................
     href='../../../reports?view=byfile'>Example</a>
     Number of check-ins for each source file.
     (Click on column headers to sort.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../blame?checkin=5260fbf63287&filename=src/rss.c&limit=-1'>
       Example</a>
     Most recent change to each line of a particular source file in a
     particular check-in.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../taglist'>Example</a>
     List of tags on check-ins.

from within an open check-out, you can omit the repository name:

  <b>fossil ui</b>

The latter case is a very useful short-cut when you are working on a
Fossil project and you want to quickly do some work with the web interface.
Notice that Fossil automatically finds an unused TCP port to run the
server own and automatically points your web browser to the correct
URL.  So there is never any fumbling around trying to find an open
port or to type arcane strings into your browser URL entry box.
The interface just pops right up, ready to run.

The Fossil web interface is also very easy to setup and run on a
network server, as either a CGI program or from inetd, or as an
SCGI server.  Details on how

from within an open check-out, you can omit the repository name:

  <b>fossil ui</b>

The latter case is a very useful short-cut when you are working on a
Fossil project and you want to quickly do some work with the web interface.
Notice that Fossil automatically finds an unused TCP port to run the
server on and automatically points your web browser to the correct
URL.  So there is never any fumbling around trying to find an open
port or to type arcane strings into your browser URL entry box.
The interface just pops right up, ready to run.

The Fossil web interface is also very easy to setup and run on a
network server, as either a CGI program or from inetd, or as an
SCGI server.  Details on how